EPA-670/2-73-053-g
August 1973
                      Environmental Protection Technology Series
                           RECOMMENDED METHODS OF
          REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION, RECOVERY OR
                      DISPOSAL  OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
               Volume VII Propellants, Explosives, Chemical Warfare
                                   Office of Research and Development
                                  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                           Washington, D.C. 20460

-------

-------
                                             EPA-670/2-73-053-g
                                             August 1973
                RECOMMENDED METHODS OF

          REDUCTION, NEUTRALIZATION, RECOVERY
                                   •

            OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

     Volume VII.   National  Disposal Site Candidate
      Waste Stream Constituent Profile Reports  -
Propellants, Explosives, and Chemical  Warfare Materiel
                          By
  R. S.  Ottinger, J.  L.  Blumenthal,  D.  F.  Dal  Porto,
       G.  I.  Gruber,  M.  J.  Santy,  and C.  C.  Shin
                   TRW Systems Group
                    One Space Park
           Redondo Beach, California  90278

                Contract No.  68-03-0089
              Program Element No.  1D2311

                   Project Officers

                 Norbert B. Schomaker
                     Henry Johnson
     Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory
        National  Environmental Research Center
                Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                     Prepared  for
          OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
         U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY
                WASHINGTON, D.C.   20460

-------
                              REVIEW NOTICE

     The Solid Waste Research Laboratory of the National Environmental
Research Center - Cincinnati, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has
reviewed this report and approved its publication.  Approval does not
signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies of
this Laboratory or of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names of commercial products constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.
     The text of this report is reproduced by the National Environmental
Research Center - Cincinnati in the form received from the Grantee; new
preliminary pages and new page numbers have been supplied.

-------
                             FOREWORD
     Man and his environment must be protected from the adverse
effects of pesticides, radiation, noise and other forms of pollu-
tion, and the unwise management of solid waste.  Efforts to protect
the environment require a focus that recognizes the interplay between
the components of our physical environment—air, water, and land.
The National Environmental Research Centers provide this multidisci-
plinary focus through programs engaged in:

               •    studies on the effects of environmental
                    contaminants on man and the biosphere, and

               •    a search for ways to prevent contamination
                    and to recycle valuable resources.

     Under Section 212 of Public Law 91-512, the Resource Recovery
Act of 1970, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is charged
with preparing a comprehensive report and plan for the creation of
a system of National Disposal Sites for the storage and disposal of
hazardous wastes.  The overall program is being directed jointly by
the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory, Office of Research
and Development, National Environmental Research Center, Cincinnati,
and the Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Office of Hazard-
ous Materials Control.  Section 212 mandates, in part, that recom-
mended methods of reduction, neutralization, recovery, or disposal
of the materials be determined.  This determination effort has been
completed and prepared into this 16-volume study.  The 16 volumes
consist of profile reports summarizing the definition of adequate
waste management and evaluation of waste management practices for
over 500 hazardous materials.  In addition to summarizing the defini-
tion and evaluation efforts, these reports also serve to designate a
material as a candidate for a National Disposal Site, if the material
meets criteria based on quantity, degree of hazard, and difficulty of
disposal.  Those materials which are hazardous but not designated as
candidates for National Disposal Sites, are then designated as candi-
dates for the industrial or municipal disposal sites.
                                 A. W. Breidenbach, Ph.D., Director
                               National Environmental Research Center
                                          Cincinnati, Ohio
                              m

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              VOLUME VII

                   NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITE CANDIDATE
               WASTE STREAM CONSTITUENT PROFILE REPORTS

                     Propel!ants, Explosives, and
                       Chemical  Warfare Material
Propel!ants
Bromine Pentafluoride (66) 	    1
Chlorine Trifluoride and Chlorine Pentafluoride (106)   	    9
Diborane, Tetraborane, Pentaborane-9, Pentaborane-11,
  Hexaborane and Decaborane (61, 505)  	21
Nitrocellulose (534) 	   47
Gelatinized Nitrocellulose (PNC) (523) 	   55
Perchloryl Fluoride  	   61
Explosives
Ammonium Picrate, Dry (27), Ammonium Picrate, Wet (28) 	   69
Copper Acetylide (5(17), Silver Acetylide (537)	77
Copper Chlorotetrazole (518), Gold Fulminate (fulminating gold)
  (526), Silver Styphnate (539), Silver Tetrazene (540)   	   83
Diazodinitrophenol (DDNP) (521)  	   89
Dinitrotoluene (165)	   97
Dipentaerythritol-Hexanitrate (DPEHN) (522)  	  103
Glycol Dinitrate (525)	Ill

-------
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
                                                                   Page
Smokeless Gunpowder (541) 	   119
Lead Azide (529)	125
Lead, 2,4-Dinitroresorcinate (LDNR)  (530)  	   137
Lead Styphnate (Lead THnitroresorcinate)  (531)	,   145
Mannitol Hexanitrate (532)  	   155
Mercuric Fulminate (Fulminate of Mercury)  (533)  	   163
Nitroglycerin (307) 	   171
PETN (Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate (319),  TNT (418)  	   179
Picric Acid (Trinitrophenol-Liquid)  (338)  	   189
Potassium Dinitrobenzfuroxan (KDNBF) (536)  	   197
Primers and Detonators (520)  	   205
Silver Azide (538)  	  .   211
Tetrazene [4-Guanyl-l-(Nitroaminoguanyl)-l-Tetrazene] 	   217
Chemical Warfare Material
Chloroacetophenone (107) Tear Gas (CN) (422)	   225
GB (287), VX (288)  	,   231
Lewisite (243)  	   247
Nitrogen Mustards (306)  	 	   255
Sulfur Mustard (543)  	   263
Tear Gas, Irritant (CS)  (423)	'	271

-------
                            PROFILE REPORT

                       Bromine Pentafluon'de (66)

                            1.  GENERAL

     At room temperature, bromine pentafluoride is a pale yellow liquid,
normally shipped in compressed gas cylinders under its own vapor pressure.
Bromine pentafluoride is a stable compound, showing no signs of
decomposition up to 460 C.

     Bromine pentafluoride is an extremely reactive material in that it
reacts with every known element except nitrogen, oxygen, and the inert
gases.  Under proper conditions, it reacts with the vast majority of
inorganic compounds with the exception of the inorganic fluorides.  It
attacks organic compounds even under mild reaction conditions.

     The major use of bromine pentafluoride is as a fluorinating agent of
inorganic compounds.  At one time it was considered for use as  a rocket
propel 1 ant (oxidizer).

     Bromine pentafluoride is prepared commercially, in pilot plant
quantities by the direct combination of the elements at 200 C in a copper
apparatus.   The reaction is exothermic.   The pure bromine pentafluoride
is obtained by fractional distillation.   The material  is manufactured by
Pennsalt and Allied Chemical  Corporation, but at the present time there
is no commercial  or laboratory market; therefore, production facilities
(including the former pilot plants) are not now in operation.   Waste
disposal procedures are necessary for handling contaminated or  old liquid
propel 1 ant now being stored in various DOD facilities.  Total quantity
stored is estimated at 1 ton or less; detailed information is not
available.

-------
                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

    The physical effects of bromine pentafluoride are considered
comparable to those of chlorine trifluoride or anhydrous hydrofluoric
acid.  Therefore, by analogy, a maximum allowable concentration of 0.1
ppm,     by volume in air for an 8-hr day is suggested.   Concentrations
of 50 ppm or more may be fatal  in 30 min to 2 hr.  In concentrations
of 100 ppm, toxicity symptoms were noted after 2 min in  experimental
animals and at 500 ppm symptoms appeared at once.

     Severe chemical burns similar to liquid fluorine burns will result
if liquid bromine pentafluoride contacts the skin.  The corrosiveness of
bromine pentafluoride to body tissues will  result in deep, painful burns
which can be most serious to the eyes.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Bromine pentafluoride is such a powerful fluorinating agent that it
will react with most metal halidesi will, convert many oxides to fluorides
and will burn with many organic compounds.  Methyl chloride, for example,
reacts explosively with  BrF5-  Contact with water must  be prevented to
avoid an explosive reaction.  It also must  be remembered that once a fire
is started, the equipment is consumed by reaction with  bromine
pentafluoride.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE  MANAGEMENT

                   Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Because of the corrosive nature of bromine  pentafluoride,  it should
be handled with extreme care.  Anyone using this material should wear
suitable protective clothing such as neoprene gloves, aprons and face
shields.  Airline or oxygen—not carbon absorbent masks—are recommended
for protection against vapor only.  Dry-type fire extinguishers using
sodium bicarbonate can be used to treat spillage, as well as combat any
secondary fires.
                                       2

-------
     Bromine pentafluoride can be used with a variety of metals due to the
formation of a passive metal fluoride film which protects the metal from
                  1299
further corrosion.      Monel and nickel are preferred materials of
construction; however, copper, brass and stainless steel can be used.
Highly fluorinated polymers such as Teflon can be used only under static
conditions with either liquid or vapor at ordinary temperature.  All
equipment used in bromine pentafluoride service must be thoroughly cleaned
and passivated with low pressure or inert gas-diluted bromine pentafluoride
before exposure to liquid or higher pressure vapors.  Additional details for
the safe handling, transportation and storage of bromine pentafluoride are
described in Allied Chemical Technical Bulletin TA-8532-3.1302  This
document provides recommended procedures for equipment design, employee
safety, design of shipping and storage containers, tank and equipment
cleaning and passivation procedures, emergency rescue, first aid and
material specifications.

     Bromine pentafluoride is shipped under Department of Transportation (DOT)
and U.S. Coast Guard regulations in cylinders approved for shipment of
compressed gases.  It is shipped as a corrosive liquid, taking a White
Acid Label.

     The safe disposal of bromine pentafluoride is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, and in potable water
sources.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:
Contaminant in         Provisional  Limit     Basis for Recommendation
    Air
Bromine pentafluoride    .007 mg/M3              .01 x TLV
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Bromine Pentafluoride     Reacts quantitatively with water

                            Disposal/Reuse
     A definition of acceptable criteria for the disposal of bromine
pentafluoride must also take into account acceptable criteria for the

-------
release or treatment of compounds formed during treatment of bromine
pentafluoride.  Compounds formed by the treatment methods normally used
and their disposition are as follows:

             Compounds Formed                  Disposition

        Bromine                            Condense/recover
        Chlorine                           Cbndense/recover/Scrub
        Sodium Fluoride                    Treat with a soluble calcium
                                           salt and deposit the resultant
                                           calcium fluoride with that
                                           collected from treatment of
                                           other fluorides
        Carbon Tetrafluoride               Vent

             5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Manufacturers of interhalogen compounds do not discharge waste
streams of these compounds, but instead discharge any excess or contami-
nated interhalogen compounds into the reactors currently used to manu-'
facture fluorine compounds.      There are no published methods in the
unclassified literature describing the disposal of bromine pentafluoride
except by venting in a remote area which is not considered satisfactory.
The possible disposal methods are described below.  It should be noted
that these methods have been employed on a laboratory scale only and that
engineering design data is almost completely lacking.

     Option No.l - Conversion to Sodium Fluoride, Chlorine and Bromine

     Bromine pentafluoride diluted to less than 50 mole percent with
nitrogen can be quantitatively converted to sodium fluoride, chlorine and
bromine by passage through a reactor tube filled with approximately 100
mesh sodium chloride.      Nitrogen or helium is required as a carrier
because bromine pentafluoride has a vapor pressure of approximately 7 psia
at 72 F.  The bromine can be condensed in a trap cooled with ice water
while the chlorine can subsequently be converted to NaOCl by absorption

-------
 in a sodium hydroxide solution.  The NaOCl produced can be used in the
 treatment of other wastes at the National Disposal Sites.  The collected
 bromine can be purified by distillation and recovered.  Techniques similar
 to this have been used by TRW for disposal of other interhalogen compounds.

     The sodium fluoride produced is allowed to accumulate in the NaCl
 bed until the reactivity of the bed reaches an undesirably low level.  At
 that time, the NaF is disposed of by reaction in solution with lime, as
 per the Profile Report on Sodium Fluoride (389).

                     Option No.2 - Reaction with Charcoal

     The classic fluorine disposal unit is a charcoal bed composed of
                     1154
 3/8-in charcoal bits,     and this method has been used with BrFj. and
                             1300 i304                          a
 other interhalogen compounds.    '      The products for bromine penta-
 fluoride are carbon tetrafluoride and bromine with the conversion believed
 to be quantitative.  Carbon tetrafluoride is chemically inert and relatively
 non-toxic,     and is therefore vented.  Bromine is collected in a trap
 cooled with ice water.  If large quantities of bromine pentafluoride are
 to be treated in this manner, the charcoal reactor will become a huge
 furnace.  The charcoal disposal system has proven successful for quantities
 of fluorine up to 30 Ib in approximately 3 min (600 Ib per hour).
 Continuous operation requires a number of parallel disposal reactors.
 Approximately 17 Ib of charcoal are required to treat 100 Ib of fluorine.
 No thorough evaluation of the charcoal reactor has been made for bromine
 pentafluoride.

                 6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     It is suggested that National  Disposal  Sites have a unit operation
 capable of handling fluorine and the interhalogen compounds.  The unit
 should be a charcoal  reactor and contain options for treating each .of
 these compounds.   It is recommended that a development investigation be
 conducted to provide engineering data for the design of a disposal unit.
Since bromine pentafluoride and other interhalogen compounds are usually

-------
stored in DOT approved cylinders,  shipment of bromine pentafluoride  to  a
National Disposal Site should not  present any problems,  and is  viewed as
permissible.

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
1154.  White, L.  E.,  and P.  S.  Gakle,  et al.   Design handbook for liquid
        fluorine:   ground handling equipment.   WADD Technical  Report
        TR-60-159,  AD 266-719.   2 v.   Sacramento, Dec.  1960.

1299.  Muraca, R.  F., J. S.  Whittick,  and J.  A.  Neff.   Treatment of metal
        surfaces  for use with  space storable propellent:   critical review.
        Stanford Research Report No.  951581-8,  Aug. 15, 1968,  NASA CR-97062,
        65 p.
    /
130d.  JANAF Hazards  Working Group.  Chemical rocket/propel 1 ant hazards:
        liquid propellant handling, storage, and transportation,   v.  3.
        CPIA Publication No.  194.  Silver Springs, Maryland, May 1970.
        412 p.

1301.  Matheson gas  data book.   4th ed.  East Rutherford,  New Jersey,
        Matheson Company, Inc., 1966.  500 p.

1302.  Allied Chemical Corporation, General  Chemical Division.   Chlorine
        trifluoride and other halogen fluorides.  Technical  Bulletin  TA-
        8532-3.

1303.  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,  Inc.  Properties and applications
        of the freon fluorocarbons.  Technical  Bulletin B-2.

1304.  Personal communication.   Mr. Stansfield,  Allied Chemical Corporation,
        to J. R.  Denson, TRW Systems, Mar.  3,  1972.

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Bromine Pentafluoride  (66)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    Bromine Pentafluoride
Common Names
BrF
                                                                  5
Molecular Wt.   174.92	    Melting Pt.   -61.3 C  (1)     Boiling  Pt.  40.5 C   (1)
Density (Condensed)  2.57	@  0    C	Density (gas)	@	°	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
  362 Torr    P       22   C                  9                                
-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

          Chlorine Trifluoride and Chlorine Pentafluoride  (106)

                               1.  GENERAL

                                        1411
     Chemical Week, Buyer's Guide Issue      indicates that chlorine
trifluoride  is manufactured by four companies in tonnage quantities--
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Allied Chemical Corporation, Harshaw
Chemical Company, and Union Carbide.  Chlorine pentafluoride is. however,
not presently in production and only limited quantities (less than 1 ton)
are stored in liquid propellant test facilities throughout the country.

     Chlorine trifluoride is nearly colorless as a vapor.  The liquid is
clear and faintly greenish-yellow in color.  Its odor has been described
as both sweetish and pungent, similar to chlorine or mustard gas.  It
is a toxic oxidizing agent similar to elemental fluorine in reactivity.
It is hypergolic with most fuels, the liquid being more reactive than
the gas.

     Chlorine pentafluoride vapor is colorless.  The liquid is clear with
a very slight greenish cast.  It is a toxic and corrosive oxidizing agent
similar to elemental fluorine in reactivity and is chemically quite
similar to chlorine trifluoride.      Much of the literature concerning
chlorine pentafluoride is classified.   Both chlorine trifluoride and
pentafluoride are easily liquified at low pressures at atmospheric
temperatures which makes them attractive as rocket propellant oxidizers
in place of cyrogenic liquid fluorine.   Chlorine trifluoride has found
limited use as a fluorinating agent under controlled conditions and for
cutting metals such as oil well  casings.    '      Chlorine pentafluoride
has no use other than as a propellent.   The physical/chemical properties
for these compounds are summarized in the attached worksheets.

-------
                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Exposure to chlorine trifluoride and chlorine pentafluoride vapor can
cause severe irritation of the eyes, mucous membranes and the entire
respiratory tract.  Exposure to high concentrations may result in acute
respiratory distress, pulmonary edema, and death.  For most individuals
the odor of these compounds is objectionable well before the emergency
exposure level is reached but in some cases not before the threshold
limit is reached.1300

     The Threshold Limit Value  (TLV) for chlorine trifluoride is
0.1 ppm (ACGIH 1969).  No TLV has been established for chlorine penta-
fluoride but the TLV should probably be the same as for chlorine
trifluoride.

     The following emergency exposure limits have been established:
     Chlorine trifluoride
          10 min at 7 ppm
          30 min at 3 ppm
          60 min at 1 ppm
     Chlorine pentafluoride
                           *
          10 min at 3.0 ppm
                           *
          30 min at 1.5 ppm
                           *
          60 min at 0.5 ppm

     Contact with the skin requires an immediate drenching shower with
continued, copious quantities of water, and prompt removal of clothing.
The areas of exposure should be flushed with a 2 to 3 percent aqueous
ammonia solution, followed by fresh water rinses.  Ice cold saturated
magnesium sulfate or 70 percent isopropanol (iced) should be kept in
contact with the exposed area following this for at least 30 min.  A
paste of MgO and glycerin should then be applied.
     Tentative

                                      10

-------
     Eyes which have been exposed to GIF, or GIF,- should be irrigated
with clean water for at least 15 min., with the eyelids held apart.
A physician should be called immediately.  No oils or oily ointments
should be used:1301
     Individuals who have been exposed to gaseous C1F3 or C1F5  should be
carried into a clean atmosphere at once.  Oxygen administration should
be started immediately.  A physician should be called immediately.  24
hours should be allowed to elapse before the exposed individual returns
to normal employment even in the absence of symptoms.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Both compounds are hypergolic with most materials.  Both react
violently with small quantities or pools of water, but with a water spray
or copious amounts of water they react smoothly forming hydrogen fluoride
and chlorine as major products of the reaction.  Both compounds react
strongly with silicon-containing compounds and support combustion of
sand, asbestos, and ground glass.  They react with most metals and metal
oxides at elevated temperatures.  The amount of heating varies with the
materials.  "Hot spots" developed from a trace of combustible materials
or by a compression wave or friction such as closing a valve may be a
source of ignition      in piping systems.

               4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

                 Handling, Storage, and\Transportation

     Because of the extremely corrosive and toxic character of both
chlorine fluorides, personnel must wear appropriate protective
clothing when handling equipment which contains (or contained) the
fluorides.  As a minimum, this should include rubber gloves, safety
glasses, a face shield, and a protective apron.  All work should
be done in a well-ventilated area.
                                11

-------
     Flow control from cylinders should be by means of a clean passivated
needle valve, fabricated from the permissible materials of construction.
Traps, check valves, or vacuum breaks must be used to prevent suck-
back.1301
     A quick trip, instant acting safety shower must be available, as
should buckets filled with dry NaHCOo to absorb spillage.  An air-line
respirator or oxygen mask must be available, in an area not subject
to contamination.

     Storage cylinders should never be dropped or allowed violent impact.
A definite area should be assigned for storage; the area should be dry,
cool, and well-ventilated.  Construction of the storage area should be
of fire-resistant materials.  Cylinders must be protected from excessive
temperatures, and should be protected against the extremes of weather-,
and shielded from direct sunlight.

     Valve protection caps should be left in place until the cylinder
is secured.  Cylinders should be moved by hand truck only.

     The preferred materials of construction are monel and nickel;
because of the formation of passive metal fluoride films, copper,
brass, and steel  alloy can  also be used.    Gaskets  for  flow  use:
should be soft copper, lead, or Teflon impregnated with calcium fluoride.
Valve packings should be braided copper backed with Teflon.

     All equipment used in chlorine fluoride service must be thoroughly
cleaned.  It is mandatory that all contaminants (grease, pipe dope,
scale, oil, and other contaminants) be completely removed by mechanical
and chemical cleaning and solvent degreasing.  The system should be
completely dry before use.  After cleaning, the system should be
passivated by contact with a dilute mixture of chlorine fluoride in
dry oil-free nitrogen gas prior to use in chlorine fluoride service.

-------
     Detailed procedures for safe handling, transportation, and storage
are available in the JANAF publication on liquid propellants,
and in the USAF specifications for the chlorine fluorides.1412'1413
Crews handling the materials must be familiar with the pertinent detailed
procedures.

     Both compounds are shipped in 1-ton cylinders as a corrosive
liquid taking a "White Acid Label."  Only chlorine trifloride can be
shipped by common carrier.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     If the disposal of either of these compounds is necessary at the
manufacturing s,ite, the compound is discharged into a reactor preparing
another fluoride compound.      However, if disposal is  to be accomplished
at another site, the definition of acceptable criteria for disposal of
these compounds must also take into account acceptable criteria for
release or treatment of compounds formed during their treatment.  Compounds
formed by the described treatment methods and their disposition are as
follows:

                Compound                        Disposition
       Chlorine                       Scrub with caustic  solution
                                      (See  Profile  Report on  Chlorine  [105])
       Hydrogen chloride              Scrub with caustic  solution
                                      (See  Profile  Report on  Hydrogen
                                       Chloride  [217])
       Hydrogen fluoride              Treat with lime  or  limestone.
                                      Place calcium fluoride  formed  in
                                      land  field
                                      (See  Profile  Report on  Hydrofluoric
                                       Acid [216])
       Carbon  Tetrafluoride            Vent
                               13

-------
     Safe disposal of the chlorine fluorides is defined in terms of
the following recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in
potable water sources, and in marine habitats:
Contaminant
 in Air
  C1F3
  C1F5
  ci2
  HC1
  HF
   Contaminant
in Water and Soil
  C1F3
  C1F5
  C12
  HC1
  HF
 Provisional  Limit
    0.001  ppm
    0.001* ppm
    0.01  ppm
    0.05 ppm
    0.03 ppm

Provisional  Limit
  Basis for
Recommendation
  .01 TLV
  .01 TLV*
  .01 TLV
  .01 TLV
  .01 TLV
    Basis for
  Recommendation
React quantitatively with water,  to yield  the
products listed below:
    0.15 ppm               \            Stokinger
    0.35 ppm               /       and  Woodward
    0.02 ppm                           method
Wastes containing the chlorine fluorides will most probably be in the form
of the pure materials, where disposal is required for surplus or aged
propellant stored at such federal facilities as Edwards AFB,
California or China Lake NWTS, California.

              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
     Detailed discussions of the possible disposal methods are described
below:
                         Option  No. 1 - Venting
     Disposal of these compounds is accomplished in an isolated, posted
area by remotely controlled dumping through a pipe to a shallow evapor-
ating pan where the material is allowed to evaporate
is not considered a satisfactory disposal method.
                                                     1300.
                                however,  this
                                      14

-------
              Option No. 2 - Reaction with a Charcoal Bed

     The classic fluorine disposal unit is a charcoal bed, composed of
3/8-in. charcoal-bits.      This method has been used with other inter-
halogen compounds.    '      The products are carbon tetrafluoride and
chlorine.  Carbon tetrafluoride is chemically inert and relatively
           1141
non-toxic,      and, therefore, is vented.  Chlorine produced is removed
by a caustic scrubber.  Amorphous carbon and charcoal are highly
hypergolic with fluorine and react smoothly at all conditions, even at
very low fluorine concentrations such as 0.3 percent.     At TRW, similar
results were obtained in reacting charcoal with chlorine trifluoride tnd
pentafluoride.   If large quantities of chlorine trifluoride or penta-
fluoride are to be treated in this manner, the charcoal  reactor will
become a huge furnace.  However, the charcoal disposal  system has proven  -
successful for quantities up to 30 Ib of fluorine in approximately 3
min.  (600 Ib per hour).   Continuous operation requires  a number of parallel
disposal reactors.  Approximately 17 Ib of charcoal  is  required to treat
100 Ib of fluorine.  Engineering data similar to that obtained for
fluorine has not been obtained for chlorine trifluoride and pentafluoride,
but is required to adequately design a charcoal reactor for these two
internalogen compounds.

                     Option No. 3 - Propane Burner
     The use of a propane burner similar to those used for disposal of
                               1414
difluoride is the third option.      The unit consists of a burner, stack,
propane supply and control system, and an air blower.  The fluorine com-
pound is discharged into the burner, which is run rich in propane.  Both
hydrogen fluoride and chloride are formed as reaction products and
require scrubbing.  Such a unit should be satisfactory for large quanti-
ties of the two compounds.
                                 15

-------
                Option No. 4 - Discharge into Water Spray
     These compounds have been destroyed by discharging into a large
volume water spray.      The resulting hypochlorous, hydrochloric and
hydrofluoric acids were then treated with lime.  This method is satis-
factory for destroying large and small quantities of the two compounds.
              Option No. 5 - Reaction with Sodium Chloride
     Vapors of chlorine trifluoride or pentafluoride can be passed
through a reactor tube filled with sodium chloride which converts either
compound to chlorine.      The chlorine produced can be recovered or
absorbed by a caustic scrubber.  This method, though satisfactory, offers
no advantage over Options 2,3, and 4.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES
     It is recommended that National Disposal Sites have a unit operation
capable of handling fluorine, interhalogen compounds, and chlorine.   Since
this unit operation will not be required to handle large volumes of these
compounds, the unit can contain options for treating each of these
compounds.  It is suggested that experimentation be conducted to generate
the necessary engineering data for construction of such a unit.

     Options 2, 3, 4, and 5, listed in order of desirability, are all
satisfactory for disposing of chlorine trifluoride and pentafluoride,
but Option 2, Reaction with a Charcoal Bed, is recommended for use at
a National Disposal Site.  This method is recommended because it can be
used with both the interhalogen compounds and fluorine.  This method has
been evaluated thoroughly for fluorine and has been used extensively in
the laboratory for disposing of the interhalogens.
                                      16

-------
     Both chlorine trifluoride and pentafluoride are usually stored  in
steel tanks approved by the U.S.  Department of Transportation (DOT)
for shipment of the two compounds.  Therefore, transportation of
these compounds to a National  Disposal  Site can be accomplished with ease.
                                 17

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
1154. White, L. E., and P. S. Gakle, et al.   Design  handbook  for  liquid
        fluoride:  ground handling equipment.   WADD  Technical  Report
        TR-60-159, AO 266-719.  2v.   Sacramento,  Dec.  1970.

1300. JANAF Hazards Working Group.  Chemical  rocket/propel 1 ant hazards:
        liquid propellant handling,  storage  and transportation. V.  3.
        Silver Springs, Maryland, CPIA Publication No.  194, May 1970.

1301. Matheson gas data book.  4th ed. New York,  Matheson  Co.  Inc.,
        New York, 1966.  500 p.

1302. Allied Chemical Corporation, General Chemical  Division.  Chlorine
        trifluoride and other halogen fluorides.  Technical Bulletin
        TA-8532-3.  New Jersey.

1304. Personal communication. Mr. Stansfield,  Allied Chemical
        Corporation, to J. R. Denson, TRW Systems, Mar.  3, 1972.

1411. Chemical Week.  1972 Buyer's guide issue.  New York, McGraw-Hill
        Inc., Oct. 27, 1971.  618 p.

1412. Oxidizer, propellant, liquid,  chlorine trifluoride.  MIL-P-81399A,
        Aug. 30, 1968.

1413. Oxidizer, propellant, liquid,  chlorine pentafluoride.   MIL-P-27413,
        May 3, 1970.

1414. A study of prelaunch operations for a  space storable propellant
        module.  Final Report No. GDC-BNZ 69-013-7.   General  Dynamics,
        Convair Division, Mar. 1970.
                                     18

-------
1
H. M. Name Chlorine Trifluoride
IUC Name Chlori ne Tr1 f 1 uori de
Common Names
Molecular Wt. 92.46
Density (Condensed) 1.825 g/cc
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C
20.06 torr$ -46.97 C
Flash Point
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Critical Temperature 426.7 K
Solubility
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
(106)
Structural Formula
n F

Melting Pt. -76.32 C Boiling Pt. H-75 c
3 20 C Density (gas)0.0040 g/cc 

References (1) 1302
1
19

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name  Chlorine Pentafluoride (106)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name  Chlorine Pentafluoride
Common Names
Cl F
                                                                       5
Molecular Wt.    130.46	    Melting Pt.   -103 C           Boiling Pt.   -13.1 C
Density (Condensed) 1.9  g/cc     g-13.1 _C	Density (gas) 4.5	
-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
      Diborane, Tetraborane. Pentaborane-9. Pentaborane-11,
                        Hexaborane and Decaborane(61.505)

                              1.   GENERAL
                        Structure and Nomenclature

     The boranes (boron hydrides) are compounds of boron and hydrogen.
The boron atoms are bonded to each other directly and also by means of
hydrogen atoms which form bridges between them by means of hydrogen-
bonding.  Their chemical properties and reactions are well-documented in
several comprehensive reviews.1433'2005'2009'2014>2002  Representative
structures have been delineated (Figure 1).      The monomer exists only
transistorily.  For the boranes which are relatively stable, the number
of boron atoms in the compound is denoted by a Greek prefix, e.g.,  diborane
for B2hL, tetraborane for B4H,Q,  etc.  If there may be some ambiguity with
respect to the number of hydrogen atoms involved, that number is specified
in parentheses, e.g., pentaborane (9) for BgHg and pentaborane (11) for
B5H1T

                             Production
     There is only one producer of boranes in  the United States, the
                                                2020
Gallery Chemical Company, Gallery, Pennsylvania.      By 1962, Gallery
had produced 500,000 Ib of assorted boranes under government contract
for research in rocket fuels.  Of this quantity, approximately 200,000  Ib
of pentaborane (9) remains in storage at Edwards Air Force Base,
California, in the Mojave Desert.  None is being produced for this
purpose at present, nor is any future need anticipated, since its extreme
toxicity and thermodynamic properties make it  unfavorable with respect  to
                                          ?niQ ?n?o
F2-H2, F2-02 and other newer formulations.   y'

-------
                               Q
                  \.i
                      <
                    . ^'
          *•    /''
               o

         Diborane
                                         P
                                                         o
              o
     \..


                     Tetraborane (10)

                      Pentaborane  (9)
Fi gure 1.
         1433
Representative structures of some Boranes.

-------
    Pentaborane  (11)
    Hexaborane(lO)
     Nonaborane (15)






Figure 1.   (Continued)

-------
     Only diborane and decaborane are manufactured at present.   There
are several viable processes for producing diborane, either commercially
                                               2092
or on a laboratory scale (e.g., Figures 2-4).      At presents«Callery
produces diborane only at its Gallery, Pennsylvania facility by reacting
                                                                     2092 2020
sodium hydride with methyl bora te according to the following reactions    »c-uc-u:
                        distillation
    1)  H3B03 + 4CH3OH        -v       CH3OH'(CH30)3B + 3H20  Yield = 98%
                        Mineral oil extraction
    2)  CH3OH'(CH30)3B        +               (CH30)3B +.CH3OH  Yield = 96%
                        in mineral oil
   «-3)  2(CH30)B + NaH        -*•         (OCH3)2BH + NaB(OCH3)4  Yield = 94%
                     straight disproportionate
    4)  6(CH30)2 BH           •*•                 B2H6 + 4(CH30)3B Yield = 100%
   	:	:	I
     There  is essentially no toxic waste generated by the process. Although
the producers would not release a production figure, an unidentified source
estimated an annual production of <200 Ib, which is almost all sold as a
10 mole per cent mixture  in either argon, nitrogen or hydrogen at $85/lb
contained B2Hg.

     Decaborane is produced by pyrolysis of diborane.  Miscellaneous toxic
wastes are  separated and  incinerated.  The stack gases are neither
monitored nor controlled.  Decaborane is of some research interest as a
component of solid propel!ants, and the exact amount produced  is classified
by the Department of Defense.  At $1000/lb, however, it is doubtful if much
is produced.
     Tetraborane, pentaborane  (11), and hexaborane are highly  unstable
laboratory  curiosities which are produced locally in individual research
laboratories  in negligible quantities. They rapidly transform  to the other
boranes with  the evolution of  hydrogen.

                                  Uses
      Diborane  is  used  almost exclusively  for  defect doping  in  the
manufacture of semiconductors.   Three major  gas  suppliers,  Matheson  Gas
Products,  Cucamonga,  California      and Newark,  California,     Air
Products  and  Chemicals Inc.,  Long  Beach,  California    and Emmaus,
Pennsylvania,      and  the Linde  Division,  Union  Carbide Corporation,

                                     24

-------
en
                                                      >CHLORiNATIOV>y  BC1
                                                                                            iWIS ACID ORTJTri
                                                                                             U70NIC N'GHG
                                                                                                  ..
1	-i^\^v<-L-

Ni  » , V
               ?OQ2
      Figure 2.       Flow  Chart for the Preparation  of Dtborane via the  Conversion of Boron  Ores  Into Boron Halides
                     or Sodium Borohydride.

-------
       /r
     Jl
      1
    Thffmometer

       .Stiiring b;r
<-—Acetone

'•—Us
                                                       Safety release
                                                          valve
                   ..     ,.x  Sintered   ^
                   /\   /"X  fjass tube
                                  -«—j	Generator

                                     :—'UFs diglyi
                                     	Stirring bar
       Figure  3.   Laboratory Method  for the Preparation
                    of Diborane2092
Diolynie
                    OICSOLVER   REACTOR AND
                                  REfLUX.
                                CONDENSER
                                                       Diborcne to tloroge
                                                         pockoging
                                                           NcBF.
                                          FILTEH 6.NO
                                       FluTRATK  Fit CEIVCR
       figure  4.   Flow  Diagram for  the  Commercial  Manufacture
                     of Diborane  by the NaBH4-BF3-Diglyme  Process2092

-------
                     201R
Torrance, California,     buy 10 mole percent B2Hg mixed with either argon,
nitrogen, or hydrogen at $85/1b contained I^Hg, further dilute it to
various concentrations from 10 ppm to 1000 ppm (but most typically 100 ppm),
and resell it to the .semiconductor manufacturers, who use it to introduce
defects in the assembly line production of semiconductors, at temperatures
ranging from moderate to 1100 C.  Two manufacturers, TRW Semiconductors,
Lawndale, California     and Collins Radio Company, Newport Beach,
          2012                                              3
California     report annual use of 10 and 6 standard 240 ft  cylinders
of diluted gas, respectively.
     Aside from a small amount of decaborane used in classified research
in solid propellants, 20 to 30 kg/yr are used by the 01 in Corporation,
New Haven, Connecticut, in the manufacture of Dexsil, a patented,
                                         2008
polysilicone, high temperature elastomer.      The decaborane is obtained
at present from a large stockpile which is the property of 01 in.  Since
the material is very valuable at $1000/1b on the open market, all waste
is recycled and none escapes. The stockpile is stored at cryogenic
temperatures and is continuously monitored for the evolution of hydrogen,
which would signal that decomposition is occurring.

     On the West Coast, Chemical Systems, Inc., Santa Ana, California,
manufactures Pentasil, which is similar to Dexsil, but uses pentaborane
instead.  They use 50 to 75 Ib/yr of pentaborane, which they obtain from
the stockpile at Edwards Air Force Base, California.  Their only waste
product is hydrogen, which is vented.  Occasionally, they experiment with
diborane, which is reacted completely with acetylene in a bomb to produce
boron carbide and hydrogen.

                   Sources and Types of Borane Wastes

     The types and sources of borane wastes include (Table 1): (1) residual
gas left in manifolds when the 10 mole percent diborane is diluted to various
concentrations by Air Products and Chemicals, Linde, and Matheson; (2) de-
caborane containing gases released to the atmosphere in the burning of solid
wastes generated in decaborane manufacture by Callery Chemical Company; and
(3) the 200,000 Ib pentaborane stored in gas cylinders at the Edwards Air
Force Base in California.
                                     27

-------
                                                  TABLE 1

                                               BORANE WASTES
Materi al
Industry
Process
Quantity and Waste Form
Geographical Distribution
Diborane     gas-mixing
Decaborane   chemi cal
Pentaborane  U. S.  Air
             Force
             dilution with
             argon,  nitrogen,
             or hydrogen for
             resale
             incineration
             storage
                <0.1  ft /plant-month  as
                residual  gas  in  manifolds
                several  Tb solid/yr
                incinerated;  toxic  gases
                released to the  atmosphere

                200,000  Ib stored in  gas
                cylinders
                            Air Products  and Chemicals,  Inc.  -
                              Emmaus,  Pennsylvania;  Long Beach,
                              California; and Houston, Texas

                            Linde Division of Union  Carbide
                              Corp.  -  East Chicago,  Indiana;
                              Houston, Texas; Keasely, New
                              Jersey;  Linden, New Jersey; and
                              Torrance, Cali forni a

                            Matheson Gas  Products, Inc.  -
                              Cucamonga,  California; Newark,
                              California; and East Rutherford,
                              New Jersey

                            Callery  Chemical  Company - Gallery,
                              Pennsylvania
                            Edwards  Air Force  Base,  California

-------
                    2.  TOXICOLOGY0766'0648'2000'1312'2092
                    Health and Safety Standards

     Recommended Threshold Limit Values (TLV) have been established  by
the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists for diborane,
pentaborane (9), and decaborane, as follows:

                      Threshold Limit Value      Minimum Level Detectable
                                                 by Odor by Man648
    Diborane          0.1 ppm (100yg/m3)         3.3 ppm (33,000yg/m3)
                                       3                           3
    Pentaborane       0.005 ppm (10yg/m )        0.8 ppm (1,600yg/m )
                                       3                           3
    Decaborane        0.05 ppm (300yg/m )        0.7 ppm (4,200yg/m )

     It is seen that the minimum concentrations detectable by odor are
much higher than the maximum set for reasons of health.  Consequently, odor
may not be relied upon as a means of detection.  While several instruments
are available for the detection of boranes in the sub-parts per million
      2092
range,     they are of limited utility due to non-portability and/or
non-specificity.  Detection remains as an outstanding problem.
     The Committee on Toxicology of the National Research Council has
established Emergency Exposure Limits (EEL) for diborane as 10 ppm for
                                                           2092
10 minutes, 5 ppm for 30 minutes, and 2 ppm for 60 minutes.      These
are not safety limits, but rather predictions for the onset of clinical
symptoms without incapacitation.  Similarly, an EEL of 25 ppm for 5
minutes has been set by the American Industrial Hygiene Association for
pentaborane.
                              Epidemiology

     Accidents involving human exposure to boranes have primarily
Involved inhalation and subsequent lung irritation and pulmonary edema.
Attack of the central nervous system has been inferred by accompanying
listlessness, incoordination, and similar symptoms.  This clinical
                                     29

-------
evidence has been supplemented by laboratory experiments with dogs and
rats, which have produced liver and kidney damage in addition.    '
It has not been determined whether the effects of borane poisoning are
                                                                       1312
cumulative in animals or man.  The 1971 Annual List of Toxic Substances
reports 50th percentile lethal doses or lethal concentrations (LD50 or
LC50) as:

         Diborane             80 ppm LC50 in the rat by inhalation.
         Pentaborane          0.72 mg/kg LD50 in man by inhalation.
                              7 ppm LD50 in the  rat by  inhalation
                              11.1 mg/kg LD50 in the rat administered
                                         intraperitoneally.
                                      3
         Decaborane           230 mg/m  LC50 in the rat by inhalation
                                     o
                              64 mg/m  LD50 in the rat administered
                                         orally.

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS
     Pure boranes are stable.  However, small quantities of wide varieties
of impurities, particularly oxidizing substances, water, or halogenated
hydrocarbons, renders them extremely unstable with respect to thermal or
                 2092 2000
mechanical shock.    '      This could account for wide discrepancies in
experimental results on the pyrophoricity of diborane.  It must always be
assumed in the absence of a great preponderance of evidence to the contrary
that a borane cylinder is so contaminated.  The problem is compounded by
the likely evolution of hydrogen gas on reaction, decomposition or
polymerization, or testing.  The hydrogen, itself, is of course, highly
explosive, and can cause cylinders to burst by pressure build-up.  At
slightly elevated temperatures, diborane will decompose (or polymerize)
to release varying amounts of hydrogen.  Alternatively, the high polymers
will decompose, also releasing hydrogen.  Some of the rates of the reactions
have been investigated as a function of time and temperature (Figure 5).
                                  30

-------
     10.0
                                                 ...  __-ZL_,
     0.01
        0.6   1.2
3    6    12
TIME, MINUTES
30    60
      1
                                                      5    10    20     50
                                                            TIME, HOURS
100   200
        1414
Figure 5.      Diboranee Decomposition

-------
                 4.  DEFINITION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
                       Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Procedures for the handling, storage and transportation of boranes
                    2000 2092
are well-documented.    '      Monitoring is complicated somewhat by the
lack of convenient, specific detection apparatus, but since leakage is
invariably accompanied by decomposition or polymerization with an
accompanying evolution of hydrogen, the chemical and physical
characteristics of a batch can be fairly easily determined by a search
for hydrogen gas.  The 200,000 Ib of pentaboranes stored at Edwards Air
Force Base, California is periodically inspected by civilian and military
personnel for corrosion of the cylinder valves.

     Only the three most stable boranes—diborane, pentaborane(9), and
decaborance--are shipped in any quantity.  It is preferred, but not
required, that they be stored and shipped at cryogenic temperatures.
In any case, space should be available for possible hydrogen evolution
                                                               0278
within the container.  Department of Transportation Regulations       makes
no special material  provisions for shipping containers, other than the
general specifications for gases.  Other specific requirements are:
       Diborane                 Special permit  required.
       Pentaborane  (9)          Not acceptable  for rail shipment.
       Decaborane               25 Ib maximum container.

                            Disposal and Reuse

     Diborane:  There  is no generation of diborane or other  hazardous
waste in  the production of diborane by the Gallery Chemical  Company.
Waste is  generated, however, when  the 10 mole  percent  gas  is diluted  by
Matheson, Air Products and Chemicals, or Linde,  respectively.  This waste
is in the form of  residual gas  remaining in  the manifolds  after mixing is
complete.

     Air  Products  and  Chemicals  Inc. mixes diborane with H9,  N9 or argon
                                                               2017
in three  locations  in  the United States  - Emmaus, Pennsylvania,
Long Beach,  California,     and Houston, Texas.  The Emmaus,  Pennsylvania

                                    32

-------
facility runs about 0.1 ft  every six months to a storage cylinder, which
has been filling for six years and is currently half full.  They are not
concerned at present with disposal of this cylinder approximately six
years hence.  Used cylinders are returned to Gallery, where they are
probably burned.  The Long Beach, California facility handles approximately
10 Ib/yr of the 10 mole percent mixture.  They occasionally vent "a few
cc of the mixture" to the atmosphere with no monitoring or control.
Used returned cylinders are burned with no  control.  The  Houston facility
operates similarly to the Long Beach facility.

     The Linde Division of the Union Carbide Corporation mixes diborane
in five locations - East Chicago, Indiana; Houston, Texas; Keaseby, New
                                                     2018
Jersey; Linden, New Jersey; and Torrance, California.      The Torrance,
California facility uses approximately 60 Ib/yr of the 10 mole per cent
mixture.  After dilution there is usually a residual of 500 "cc, which is
disposed of either by:1) transferring it into a garbage cylinder and
dumping the cylinder; 2) diluting with N? and venting to the atmosphere;
3) scrubbing with water and sewering; or 4) bubbling through 5 gal  alcohol
and venting the exhaust gases to the atmosphere in an uncontrolled manner.
They claim never to have detected boron-containing compounds in the
atmosphere.

     Matheson Gas Products mixes diborane in three locations - Cucamonga,
California,2011 Newark, California,2010 and East Rutherford, New Jersey.
The East Rutherford facility burns all waste and vents the B20.,
particulate-laden waste to the atmosphere in an uncontrolled manner.  The
Cucamonga facility evacuates most of its waste into a garbage cylinder
which is shipped to Newark for disposal.  Some waste at Cucamonga is
absorbed in aqueous ammonia.  The resultant boric acid suspension is then
sewered in compliance with local water district regulations, which specify
a maximum 500 ppm suspended solids.  The Newark facility absorbs all
diborane waste in aqueous ammonia and meters it into the sewer system
under regulations which specify a pH range of 6.4 to 7.8.  No analysis
is made of the effluent for the concentration of boron or boron-containing
compounds.
                                  33

-------
     Two typical semiconductor manufacturers were contacted--TRW
Semiconductors, Lawndale, California,   6 and Collins Radio Company,
Newport Beach, California.2012  In the TRW process, the B2H6 is completely
reacted to B2CL at 1100 C.  Some is vented; the major portion, amounting
to 0.2 g/mo, is sewered.  In the Collins process, the exhaust gases
containing B2Hg and B,,03 are scrubbed with water.  The effluent is
neutralized with NHg, and returned to the sanitary water supply.  A
slight deposit  has been accumulating over a period of time in the bottom
of the neutralizing tank, which "is of no concern at present.  It has
                                2012
never been chemically analyzed."

     Pentaborane (9):  The  use of 50 to 75 Ib/yr of pentaborane by
Chemical Systems Inc., Santa Ana, California     in the manufacture of
their high temperature elastomer, Pentasil, generates no waste except
\\2> which is  vented.  At  Edwards Air Force Base, California
periodic inspections of the 200,000 Ib stockpile occasionally reveal
a cylinder with a corroding valve, although none has been found in the
past two years.  Damaged  cylinders are trucked to remote portions of
the Mojave Desert, where  they are exploded by machine gun fire.

                                                                          2008
     Decaborane:  The high  value of decaborane causes the 01 in Corporation
to recycle all  decaborane waste in the production of its high temperature
elastomer, Dexsil.  Consequently, there is no waste released  to the
environment;   Its stockpile of decaborane  is stored at cryogenic
temperatures  and is monitored for the evolution of hydrogen, which would
signal decomposition.

                                                                  2020
     The manufacture of decaborane by the  Gallery Chemical Company
creates solid,  toxic wastes, which are burned in an uncontrolled manner.
No information  is available on the ultimate disposition of decaborane
used in classified research on solid propellants.
     For the disposal of boranes, the acceptable criteria is defined in
terms of the provisional limits for diborane, pentaborane, and decaborane:
                                      34

-------
Contaminant                                                   Basis for
   in Air                Provisional  Limits                Recommendation
Diborane              0.001 ppm (0.001  mg/M3)                 0.01  TLV
Pentaborane        '   0.00005 ppm (0.0001 mg/M3)              0.01  TLV
Decaborane            0.0005 ppm (0.003 mg/M3)                0.01  TLV
Contaminant in                                                Basis for
Water and Soil           Provisional  Limits                Recommendation
 Diborane                0.005 ppm (mg/1)                  Stokinger and
                                                           Woodward Method
 Pentaborane             0.0005 ppm (mg/1)                 Stokinger and
                                                           Woodward Method
 Decaborane              0.015 ppm (mg/1)                  Stokinger and
                                                           Woodward Method
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                Option No. 1 - Venting to the Atmosphere

     This is the procedure used by many of the gas mixing plants for the
disposal of residual diborane.  Since the provisional limit for diborane in
                                                      o
air is so stringent (0.001 ppm, corresponding to lyg/m ), it is doubtful if
this limit is being met consistently.  There is certainly no evidence for
compliance.  Attempts to obtain evidence are hindered by the lack of suit-
                                                             2092
able detection equipment which is both portable and specific.
        Option No.2 -  Destruction  by  Burning  or  Explosion and
                      Venting  of Exhaust  Products
      This  procedure is  superior to  simple  venting,  since  the  resultant
 particulate B^O- is less  hazardous  than  any  of the  boranes  themselves.
 Here again, though, there is  no evidence that  the release of  the B203
 is being kept within safe limits.   The gas-mixing plants  which employ
 this procedure for the  disposal  of  residual  diborane  and  the  Gallery
 Chemical  Company,  which burns the toxic  wastes resulting  from the
                                   35

-------
 production of decabo.rane,  are  located  in heavily populated areas, and
 the  lack of  information with regard  to the f^O-j released is of concern.
 On the other hand,  the disposal of occasional cylinders of pentaborane (9)
 by this method  in  isolated areas of  the Mojave Desert is satisfactory.
 There is little concern for B2(L leaching into any ground water, since the
 high-fired form is  essentially insoluble.

                Option No.3 - Wet Scrubbing and Sewering

     The instability of boranes when in contact with v/ater, particularly
 aqueous ammonia*  is of great advantage, since hydrolysis occurs easily
 and  goes quickly to completion. The outstanding concern, however, is
 the  possible release of undesirable  amounts of boric acid solution and
 low-fired B20o  aqueous suspension to the environment.


               6.   APPLICABILITY TO  NATIONAL  DISPOSAL SITES
     Boranes have low Threshold Limit Values (TLV), are very difficult to
detect, and appear in relatively small volumes.   As such, they are ideal
candidate waste stream constituents for National Disposal Sites.   Also,
there are no undue restrictions on shipment, so transport to National
Disposal Sites will not prove difficult.

     The  current  practices  of venting boranes and  their  combustion arid
solution  products (boric  oxide and  boric  acid)  must be regarded as
unsatisfactory.   No  attempts  are made to  monitor air and water emissions.
 The relatively low volume of material and the technical  difficulty of
 monitoring boron and its compounds would make routine analysis difficult
 and expensive for the gas mixing plants.

      Since the waste diborane is already in a gastight system under high
 pressure, it would be relatively easy to evacuate it into a garbage
 cylinder for eventual shipment to a National Disposal Site.  Similar
                                      36

-------
procedures are already practiced by the Matheson Cucamonga plant when it

ships its wastes to the Newark plant and by the Air Products Emmaus plant
as it stores its waste indefinitely in its giant garbage cylinder.

Similarly, the Gallery Chemical Company would no doubt find it more

convenient to ship its solid wastes from decaborane production to someone

else, rather than burn them on its own property.  Thus, the release of

all boranes to the environment would essentially cease with possible

benefit to all.


     At the National  Disposal  Site, the recommended processes  for borane

disposal  are:

                                   Order of
            Process               Preference            Remarks

Incineration with aqueous        First Choice    Applicable to borane con-
  scrubbing of exhaust gases                       taining solid, liquid,
  to remove B203 particulates.                     and gaseous wastes.

Hydrolysis with subsequent       Second Choice   Generally not applicable
  evaporation to solid boric                       to borane containing
  acid.                                             solid wastes.


For either'processes, the borane wastes would be reduced to a low volume of

relatively nonreactive, non-toxic solids.
                                   37

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES

0278.  Code of Federal Regulations.  Title—transportation,  parts  71  to  90.
         (Revised as of January 1, 1967).   Washington,  U.S.  Government
         Printing Office, 1967. 794 p.

0648.  Durocher, N. L.  Comp. Air pollution aspects  of  boron and its
         compounds.  Report prepared for the National Air Pollution
         Control Administration by Litton Systems, Inc.,  Bethesda,
         Maryland under Contract No. PB-188-085.   U.S.  Government
         Printing Office, Sept. 1969. 55 p.

0766.  Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial materials. 3d ed.,
         New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation,  1968. 1,251  p.

1312.  Christensen, H. E., ed. Toxic substances annual  list  1971.  U.S.
         Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.   Health  Services
         and Mental Health Administration, National  Institute for
         Occupational Safety and Health.  Publication No. DHEW(HSM)72-10260.
         Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,  1971.  512 p.

1414.  A study of prelaunch operations for a space storable  propellent
         module.  San Diego, California, General  Dynamics Corp., Convair
         Division.  Final Report No. GDC-BNZ-69-013-8,  May 1970. 212  p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology. 2d ed.  22  v.  and
         Supplement, New York, Wiley-Interscience Publishers, 1963-1971.

2000.  Boron hydrides.  Manufacturing Chemists Associations, Chemical
         Safety Data Sheet SD-84.

2002.  Zweifel, G. and H. C. Brown.  Hydration of olefins, dienes, and
         acetylenes in hydroboration.  Organic Reactions, v.5.   1963.
         p. 1-54.

2005.  Brown, H.C. Hydroboration. New York, W. A. Benjamin.  1962.

2006.  Personal communication.  Mr. Williams, Chemical  Systems  Inc.,
         to M. Appel, TRW Systems * June 1972.  Boranes.

2007.  Personal communication.  W. Forbes, Edwards Air Force Base, to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems, June 1972.  Pentaborne storage.

2008.  Personal communication.  R. Finch, 01 in Research Center, to M. Appel,
         TRW Systems, June 1972. Decaborane.

2009.  Brown, H. C. Hydroboration - A powerful synthetic tool.   Tetrahedron
         12(3): 117-138,  1961.

2010.  Personal communication.  L. Fluer, .Matheson Gas Products, to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems, June 1972.  Diborane.
                                     38

-------
                        REFERENCES -  CONTINUED

2011.  Personal  communication.  Mr.  Wilson,  Matheson  Gas  Products,  to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems.  June 1972.   Diborane.

2012.  Personal  communication.   D.  Walz,  Collins  Radio Company,  to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems, June  1972.   Diborane.

2014.  Fieser, L.  F.   Reagents  for oganic synthesis.  New  York,  John
         Wiley and Sons, Inc.,  1967.  1,147  p.

2015.  Personal  communication.   J.  Mahan, Air Products and Chemicals,  Inc.,
         to M. Appel, TRW Systems, June 1972.  Diborane.

2016.  Personal  commuication.   J. Crabbs, TRW Semiconductors,  to M. Appel,
         TRW Systems, June 1972.  Diborane.

2017.  Personal  communication.   B.  Brown, Air Products and Chemicals,  Inc.,
         to M. Appel, TRW Systems, June 1972.   Diborane.

2018.  Personal  communication.   L.  Chambers, Linde Division, Union Carbide
         Corporation, To M. Appel, TRW Systems, June 1972. Diborane.

2019.  Personal  communications.  J. Denson  and  S.  Bell,  TRW Systems, to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems, June  1972.   Boron  hydride  fuels  for space
         applications.

2020.  Personal  communication.   A.  Toering, Callery  Chemical Company,to
         M. Appel, TRW Systems, June  1972.   Boron  hydrides.

2092.  Constantine, M. F., K.  J. Youel and  J.  L.  Weber.  Diborane  Handbook.
         1970.  Rocketdyne Report R-8248 for NASA Contract No. NAS-7-769.
                                  39

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name 	
IUC Name     Diborane (61)
                                                                Structural  Formula
'Common Names   Boron hvdride. boroethane
                                                                  B2H6
                    27.7
Molecular Wt.
Density  (Condensed)  0.577
                          ^165.5  C
                               __    Melting Pt. .
                                (3-183    C   Density (gas)
        Boiling Pt.   -9.25 C
Vapor Pressure  (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
    22 mm
                    -112
Flash Point
                   -130
C
F
                                   Autoignitipn Temp.  100
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower  <0.9X	
Explosive Limits  in Air  (wt. %)
                                     Lower   0.9%
-125 F
 Upper_
 Upper_
                                                                         >98%
                                              98%
Solubility
    Cold Water_
    Others:
                   dissociates
            Hot Water    dissociates
                                                                      Ethanol
                NH^OH
Acid, Base Properties
                                slightly  acidic
Highly Reactive with water or steam to produce H,,;  reacts explosively with oxidizing
 materials;  rubber,  greases,  halogenated hydrocarbons	
Compatible with   stainless  steel,  most  metals,  asbestos, graphite
Shipped  in    mild  steel  gas  cylinders
 ICC Classification   flam-compressed gas,  red
                  	TaBeT
           Speria]  Pprrnit  yprpii rprl
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
                                                   40

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name  Tetraborane  (61).
Common Names Dihydrotetraborane, boron hydride, borobutam
             tetraborondecahydride
D4n10
Molecular Wt.      53.4	    Melting Pt.   -120 C	    Boiling  Pt.   18 C
Density (Condensed)   0.59       @ -70   _C	Density (gas)   1-8	@	6_ _C	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
     580  mm   @	6_  C       	@	        	(a	
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.	
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water    Hydrolyzes	  Hot Water Hydrolyzes	   Ethanol   Dissociates
    Others:	Benzene	
Acid, Base Properties   slightly  acidic	
Highly Reactive with oxidizing materials, water  or  steam,  rubbers, greases, halogenated
                     hydrocarbons
Compatible with  Stainless  steel,  most  metals,  asbestos,  graphite
Shipped in    not shipped
ICC Classification	  Coast  Guard  Classification
Comments	  .	.	
                                               41

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name   Pentaborane [9] (61, 505)

Common Names  Ppntahnmn pnnpa^
                                      .
              (stable), boron hydride
                                       p
BrH
 5''9
Molecular Wt.      53.?	.       Melting Pt.   -46.6 C	    Boiling Pt.  58.4 c.

Density (Condensed) 0.61	@	0_ _£	Density (gas)   2.2	@      Q   _£	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

	66 mm  @	0  'C       	9	        	•      &
Flash Point 	30  C       Autoignition Temp.  35  c

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower Spontaneously flamUpper	

Explosive Limits in Air  (wt. %)      Lower 0-42%	    Upper	


Solubility

    Cold Water     Hydrolyzes	  Hot Water    Hydrolyzes        Ethanol_

    Others:	

Acid, Base Properties    Slightly acidic	
Highly Reactive with   oxidizing materials, water nr <:tpam, ruhhprs

	halogenated hydrocarbons	
Compatible with   stainless steel, most metals, asbestos, graphite
Shipped in  mild steel gas cylinders
ICC Classification  flam.liquid, red label       Coast Guard Classification flam.liquid,  red
                                                                                         label
 Comments	Mnt acceptable by rail, Code of Federal regulations	MCA warning label
            Sec. 73.138                                         		

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name Pentaborane Hi] (61)

Common Names Dihydropentaborana. pentaborane (unstablp),
             boron hydride
BCH
 5nll
Molecular Wt.     65.2 _    Melting Pt.    -123 C _    Boiling  Pt.    63  C

Density (Condensed) _ @ __ Density  (gas) _ @  __

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
flash Point _         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    LowerSpontaneously flam.Upper

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water     Hydrolyzes	  Hot Water    Hydrolyzes         Ethanol

    Others:	

Acid, Base Properties    Slightly acidic.	
Highly Reactive with  Oxidizing materials, water or steam, rubbers,  greases,  halogenated
                      hydrocarbons
Compatible with  stainless steel, most metals, asbestos, graphite
Shipped in   Not shipped
ICC Classification flam.liquid, red label, not   Coast Guard Classification
                   acceptable.
Comments/.	
                                                43

-------
I HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
I WORKSHEET
H. M. Name
btructura
1UC Name Hexaborane (61)
Common Names Boron hydride, hexaboron decahydride BcH1n

1 Formula

Molecular Wt. 75.0 Melting Pt. -65.1 C Boiling Pt. 0 C p 7.2 mm
Density (Condensed) 0.69 @ 0 C Density (gas) 2.6 @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
7.2 mm @ 0 C g
Flash Point Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %) Lower Upper
0 C j
9 \


Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %) Lower Upper
Solubility
Cold Water Hydrolyzes Hot Water Hydrolyzes Ethanol
Others:
Acid, Base Properties Slightly acidic


Highly Reactive With nxiHi7inQ matpriaU, uafrpr nr ctoanij fiihhpr*; groa;
halogenated hydrocarbons
PC

Compatible with stainless steel, most metals, asbestos, graphite

Shipped in Not shipped
ICC Classification Coast Guard Classification
Comments



.


44

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. .M.  Name 	
IUC Name   Decaborane  (61)'
Common Names Boron hvdride. decaboron tetradecahydride
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                                  B10H14
                  122.3
Molecular Wt.
Density (Condensed)   0.94
                                     Melting Pt.     99.7 c
                                   20   C	Density  (gas)_
Boiling Pt.  213 C
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
	19 mm  @	   100    C          66 mm
Flash Point
                      80
                                                     132
                   	         Autoignition  Temp. 149   C
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)

Solubility
    Cold Water   Slightly
                                     Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                       Hot Water  Dissociates
                                                                      Ethanol	Yes
    Others:  CSp,  ether,  benzene	
Acid, Base Properties  Slightly  acidic
Highly Reactive with  oxidizing materials, water or steam, rubbers, greases, halogenated
   hydrocarbons	
Compatible with    stainless  steel, most metals, asbestos, graphite
Shipped in  mild  steel  barrels  or drums
ICC Classification  flam.solid, yellow  label,251b Coast Guard Classification
 Comments     Code  of Federal  Regulations Sec. 73.236	
                                                45

-------
                               PROFILE  REPORT
                            Nitrocellulose (534 j

                              1.   GENERAL

     Nitrocellulose (cellulose nitrate, or NC)  is  a mixture obtained  by
nitrating cellulose.   Cellulose is a long chain polymer of anhydroglucose
units.  The hydrogen  of the three hydroxyl units in each glucose  unit in
cellulose can be replaced by N02 groups.  The  nitrogen content of cellulose
tri-nitrate is 14.14  percent.  Although complete nitration is  difficult to
accomplish, materials containing 14 percent nitrogen can be prepared  without
difficulty.  The nitration is carried out under conditions of  acid concentration,
temperature, and time of nitration which depend upon the final  product
desired.

     For the manufacture of military grade nitrocellulose, the DuPont
mechanical dipper technique is normally used.   One advantage of the
mechanical dipper process is that the cellulose can be quickly submerged
in the mixed acid and the evolution of nitrogen oxides reduced.  Between
30 and 40  Ib of dry, fluffed cellulose  (cotton linters or wood pulp)
is the normal batch size added to the nitrating dipper containing a large
excess (about 1,600 Ib) of mixed acid (mixed sulfuric and nitric acids)
at 30 C.  The composition of the mixed acid is  adjusted to the grade of
nitrocellulose required.  For gun cotton (13.3  percent N ) the normal
composition with wood pulp is 59.5 percent sulfuric, 28.5 percent nitric,
3.0 percent nitrosylsulfuric and 9.0 percent water.  The nitration reaction
is exothermic, and the charge temperature is kept below 34 C by cooling.
After about 25 minutes in the nitrator, the charge is transferred rapidly
to a centrifuge, the spent acid removed and then the nitrated  cotton is
drowned in a large excess of water.  The spent acid is pumped  to a tank
where part of it is fortified for reuse and the remainder is sent to
the acid recovery plant. The crude nitrocellulose is usually pumped as a
water slurry to the purification area where it goes through an elaborate
series of water washes, boiling treatments, neutralizations and beating
                                  47

-------
steps to stabilize the nitrocellulose.  First, the acid content is reduced
to a low level by washing.  Then, the nitrocellulose receives several
boiling treatments to destroy the unstable sulfate esters and nitrates of
partially oxidized cellulose by acid hydrolysis.  The nitrocellulose is
water washed between boils.  Next, the product is beaten in a Jordan refiner
to reduce the fiber length and remove traces of occluded acid.  Finally,
the nitrocellulose is boiled in dilute sodium carbonate solution, then
washed with water until free of alkali. After purification, the NC is
centrifuged for partial removal of water, and then processed in accordance
with the specific end-use requirements of the batch.  Nitrocellulose is
used for military purposes in the manufacture of single base and double
base propellants, as gun cotton, and commercially as collodion.1142'1147

     Nitrocellulose fines recovered from the  purification washing and
centrifugation waste linuor sumps are generally destroyed by open burning.
Some plants now recycle the recovered fines to production.

     The physical/chemical properties of nitrocellulose are summarized
in  the  attached worksheet.

                            2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Nitrocellulose presents no toxic  hazard.   However, when  handling
nitrocellulose wet  with alcohol,  the  alcohol  is  usually denatured with
                                                                1142
0.5 percent benzene which presents  a  benzene  inhalation hazard.

                           3.   OTHER  HAZARDS

     Dry  nitrocellulose is very sensitive  to  impact,  friction,  heat and
spark,  and  is an  explosive hazard.   Nitrocellulose  wet with  solvent is
a dangerous  fire  hazard.   Nitrocellulose wet  with water  is  less dangerous.
However,  nitrocellulose can  be detonated even when  wet,  if  confined and
                                 1142
initiated with  a  strong booster.       Nitrocellulose  has  an  impact
sensitivity (2  Kg.  wt) for a 5  Mg sample of 8 cm.,  roughly equivalent to
the sensitivity  of  DDNP-a sensitive initiator.
                                      48

-------
                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Wash waters containing nitrocellulose particles and other scrap
 created during manufacturing operations are collected in sumps.  After
 settling,  nitrocellulose  is collected, placed in drums under water and
                                  1142
 transported to the disposal  area.      Scrap propellant containing
 nitrocellulose, if free of aluminum powder, is also placed in drums under
 water  and  transported to  the disposal area.  If aluminum powder is present,
 the  propellant containing nitrocellulose is stored dry because the aluminum
 reacts with water to produce hydrogen.

     Dry nitrocellulose is classified by the Department of Transportation
 (DOT) as an Explosive,  Class  A.  The  weight limit per container is  10  Ib
of dry .uncompressed nitrocellulose.   Wet nitrocellulose (colloided,
granular,  or flake)  with 20 percent water is classed as a flammable  solid.
Wet nitrocellulose (colloided,  granular or flake)  with 20 percent  alcohol
or solvent is classed by DOT  as a flammable liquid.   The alcohol is  usually
denatured ethanol,  isopropanol  or normal  butanol.   At no time is the alcohol
entirely uniform throughout the drum.   On standing,  the alcohol  gradually
settles leaving the nitrocellulose on top with  a  lower alcohol  content.
Nitrocellulose undergoes very slow decomposition  even at ordinary  tempera-
tures.   Because of deterioration, nitrocellulose  should be used within a
few months after manufacture.   Frequent stability checks (KI  tests)  should
be made if the NC has been stored over one year.

     Because of its sensitivity, no nitrocellulose should be  released  to
the environment in waste streams.

     The waste forms containing nitrocellulose  are for the most part surplus
and obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing
wastes  composed of scrap explosive and explosive-contaminated "inert"
materials.  (The "inert materials are almost always  combustible wastes--
cardboard, paperboard,  fiberboard, and the like).   The quantities  by
location of the nitrocellulose and of the waste forms in which it  is con-
tained are included in  the quantities listed under the headings "Propellant,
                                  49

-------
Nitrocellulose Based" in the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes"
and "Obsolete Conventional Munitions" in Volume XIV titled Waste Forms and
Quantities.

               5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The processing options for the disposal  of nitrocellulose are  briefly
described in the following paragraphs together with recommendations as to
adequacy.

                     Option  No.  1  -  Disposal of Burning

      Nitrocellulose  for destruction is  usually placed  in fiberboard drums,
metal  drums  or cans  lined with  a  heavy-gauge leakproof liner and the •
nitrocellulose covered  with water.   The nitrocellulose is  then  transported
to  an approved burning  ground.   The NC  wastes are  placed on a noncombustible
pad such as  asbestos,  the  water allowed to drain off,  and  the NC wastes
are then covered with  a combustible material  such  as fuel  oil.  The flammable
material is  ignited  by  firing  a black powder  squib or  other device placed
in  the wastes.       Although the products of  combustion contain considerable
NO  , better  methods  for disposal  are not currently in  wide use.
  ^\

                     Option  No.  2 -  Controlled Incineration

      Nitrocellulose  wastes, and combustible materials  contaminated with
nitrocellulose  are readily amenable to  disposal  via controlled  incineration.
Two types of equipment are currently in prototype  use  for  the controlled
combustion of explosive wastes.  The first  disposal system is  similar to
conveyor fed devices used as muncipal incinerators, operates  on an induced
draft, and is equipped with afterburner and scrubbing  systems  to abate NOV
                                                                          A
and particulate  emissions.   The second  type of  equipment,  similarly equipped
with scrubbing  systems for the abatement of NO   and particulate emissions,
                                              J\
is  a rotary kiln incinerator,  which is  fed  with  a  slurry of nitrocellulose
in  water, in a  1 to  3 ratio.  The rotary kiln incinerator  has  secondary
fuel oil or natural  gas  burners.  This method  of  disposal is  preferred.
                                       50

-------
             Option No. 3 - Reduction with Sodium Hydroxide

     Small quantities of nitrocellulose are decomposed by adding it with
agitation to five times its weight of a 10 percent solution of sodium
hydroxide that has been heated to 70 C.  Agitation is continued for at
                                                              1147
least  15 minutes after all the nitrocellulose  has been added.      The
products of this decomposition process  require additional treatment.
After  pH adjustment and dilution, the cellulose can  be handled by  a
sewage treatment plant.
           Option No. 4 - Controlled Incineration  of  Obsolete Munitions

      The  Chemical Agent Munition  Disposal System  (formerly  Transportable
Disposal System) .under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal
of small charges of high explosive (such as nitrocellulose).  High explosives
up to about 7 Ib in weight per charge, produced by disassembly of scrap
munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor to an explosion resistant
steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln
is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from
each other.  The explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas
temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite
the explosive feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.
Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit
gases should go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO
prior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic
soda or soda ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.   Bleed-off
alkaline solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.
                                  51

-------
                  6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The major uses of nitrocellulose are in the manufacture of single.
and double base propel!ants and smokeless powder.  The open burning which
is widely used is not considered satisfactory for destroying the large
quantities (millions of pounds) of excess or waste material containing
nitrocellulose.  Wastes other than obsolete munitions containing nitro-
cellulose which is excess, contaminated or aged are candidates for
disposal at National Disposal Sites if the specific wastes can be handled
safely and transported safely.  The methods for controlled incineration
that were discussed in Section 5, Option No. 4 should be used for destroying
non-defense  excess material or wastes containing nitrocellulose at National
Disposal Sites.  Nitrocellulose for disposal should be transported under
water, in a vehicle properly equipped for safe transport of flammable
liquids to the nearest satisfactory disposal site.  Surplus, scrap or
obsolete material containing nitrocellulose should only be handled by
qualified ordnance demolition personnel experienced in the disposal of
explosives.  If hazards to the disposal team and the public, due to handling
and transportation to the nearest National Disposal Site are deamed ex-
cessive by the demolition team, the material should be disposed of by
burning in a cleared area.

      Obsolete  military munitions  scheduled  for disposal should  be  de-
militarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal Sites
under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be employed
for destruction of nitrocellulose contained in obsolete military ordnance
devices should be that of Option No. 3 above.
                                       52

-------
                           7.   REFERENCES

1142.  JANAF Hazards  Working Group.   Chemical  rocket  propellant hazards.
        V 2.   CPIA Publication  No.  194,  Silver  Springs, Maryland.  May
        1970.   99 p.

1147.  Department of the Army and  Air Force.   Military explosives, TM-1910.
        Washington,  Apr.  1955.  336 p.
                                 53

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name    Nitrocellulose (534)
IUC Name   Cellulose  Nitrate
Common Names  NC
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                         x = no of N02 groups
                                                         n = degree   of polymeMzatlor
Molecular Wt.  272.3(one unit)*1'     Melting  Pt.  2QQ C In vac*1)   Boiling Pt.decomposes
Density (Condensed) 1.66 g/cc   fr  23     C    Density (gas)_
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  C)
                                              9
Flash Point
                  ^	        Auto1gn1t1on Temp._
FlammablHty Limits  1n A1r (wt %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits in  Air (wt.  X)      Lower	


                 Insoluble*1)
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water
          	  Hot Water  Insoluble
Others: Soluble acetone,  organic  nltro compounds'1'
                                                      (1)
                                                                     Ethanol Insoluble
Acid, Base Properties,
Highly Reactive w1th_
Compatible w1th_
Shipped In   Waterproof  containers
                                           * * \                              t-AJy 1 Uo I Vc
ICC Classification  Explosive. Class A(dry)u;    Coast Guard Classification Class A(dry)

Comments	
References  (1)   1142
                                            54

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                  Gelatinized Nitrocenu1ose(PNC)(523)

                                1.   GENERAL

    Gelatinized nitrocellulose,  which is  often  called plastisol
nitrocellulose (PNC), is  a white powder made  up of  spherical  particles or
aggregates of spherical  particles.   PNC does  not have a  definite chemical
composition but varies from C^iT^O?^0? to  C12H14^N^2^6°4'  Dl^erent
impurities will be present which depend on  the  location  of manufacture.
                                                   1142
PNC is used in the manufacture of solid propel 1 ant.      The  physical/
chemical properties of PNC are summarized in  the attached worksheet.

                               2.   TOXICOLOGY

     PNC is not generally considered toxic  as such,  or reactive with the
skin.  In a wet condition, however, the solvents used in its  manufacture
or for shipping may be dangerous and present  the greatest toxicity  hazard
in its handling.  For example, PNC  made at  the  Naval Ordnance Station
                                                          1142
contains nitromethane because of its method of  manufacture.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Dry PNC is an extreme fire hazard, and proper  care  should be taken in
its handling and storage.  It should be handled or  transported in conductive
containers,, which should  be grounded at all times.   Stainless steel is
recommended for this service, since PNC may be  affected  by some metals.
For storage and handling  it should  be treated the same as nitrocellulose,
and, in general the explosive hazard should be  considered similar to that
of nitrocellulose.      The precautions noted in the Profile  Report on
Nitrocellulose (534) should be adopted in handling  PNC.  Although PNC is
not listed by  the Department of Transportation  (DOT),  the  dry material
should probably be classified as Explosive, Class A.

-------
      PNC is less dangerous when stored wet with solvents or water.   Due
 to the flamiability of many of the solvents, a fire hazard still  exists.

                4.  QEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

      The sensitivity of PNC to fire and explosion, as with nitrocellulose,
 requires that all scrap and waste from preparation be maintained  wet for
 destruction-  Waste PNC should be collected in drums or fiberboard
 containers lined with conductive polyethylene bags.

      Because PNC is an explosive and fire hazard, it is recommended that
 no PNC be released to the environment.  The waste forms containing  PNC
 are for the most part surplus obsolete military munitions scheduled for
 disposal, and manufacturing wastes composed of scrap explosive and
 explosive-contaminated "inert" materials.  (The "inert" materials are
 almost always combustible wastes- cardboard, paperboard, fiberboard, and
 the like).  The quantities by location of the PNC and of the waste  forms
 in which it is contained, are included in the quantities listed under the
 headings "Propellant, Nitrocelluose Base" in the tables covering  "Explosive
 Manufacturing Wastes" and "Obsolete Conventional Munitions" in Volume XIV
 of this report.

               5;  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                        Option No.  1 - Open Burning

     The only process widely used for disposal of surplus, scrap or
obsolete PNC is burning.  The methods used for burning are generally in
                                                                       2170  2230
compliance with the procedures outlined in the military safety manuals.    '
PNC waste is placed in steel drums or fiberboard drums lined with  conductive
polyethylene bags.  The PNC is covered with water, the drum closed and
transported to a burning ground.  The bags are removed, placed on  straw or
other flammable material, and the PNC and straw ignited with a black powder
squib.      As with all compounds containing nitro groups, considerable
NO  is released upon burning.  This technique is therefore unsatisfactory.
  X
                                      56

-------
                     Option No.  2 - Controlled Incineration

      PNC wastes are readily amenable to controlled incineration.   The two
types of equipment in prototype use currently for this service are both
afterburner and scrubber equipped, produce gaseous effluents stripped of
NO  and are equally acceptable from an environmental  standpoint.   The
  y\
first disposal system is a municipal  incinerator, fed by a conveyor, and
possesses some minor safety drawbacks.  The second type of equipment is a
rotary kiln incinerator, which is fed with a slurry of explosive in water,
in a 1 to 3 ratio.  This method of disposal is preferred.

            Option No. 3 - The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System

      The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S.  Army Materiel  Command
includes a Deactivation Furnace which is particularly suited to the
disposal of small charges of high explosive (such as PNC).  High explosives
up to about 7  Ib  in weight  per charge,  produced  by disassembly of scrap
munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor to  an explosion-resistant
steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas flame.   The rotary kiln
is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from
each other.  The explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas
temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length,  and the fired end opposite
the explosive  feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F
Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.   In practice, the exit gases
should go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO prior to the
cyclone and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda
ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution,
after neutralization, would exit to sewer.
                                   57

-------
                   .6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

      PNC is manufactured and used at propel 1 ant manufacturing plants that
have facilities for ithe disposal of surplus, scrap or obsolete PNC or
propel!ant containing PNC.  Disposal of PNC at these facilities by open
burning is unsatisfactory.  PNC wastes other than military munitions which
are not destroyed by controlled incineration, as per Option No. 2 above,
are candidates for National Disposal Sites.  The disposal process recommended
is that of Option No,. 2.  The wastes should be handled and transported
only by a qualified (ordnance disposal team.  PNC wastes should be transported
wet, in containers as noted in Section 4, to the nearest National Disposal
Site.

      .Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be de-
militarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal
Sites under the cogniizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be
employed for destruction of PNC after disassembly of the military ordnance
devices, should be that of Option No. 3.
                                      58

-------
                                                          21485-6013-RU-OO
                              7.   REFERENCES
1142.  JANAF Hazards  Working  Group.  Chemical  rocket propel!ant hazards.
        v.2.   CPIA Publication.

2170.  Ordnance Corp, Department  of  the Army.  Ordnance safety manual,
        ORDM7-224, Washington.   1951.

2230.  Department of  the Air  Force.  Explosive safety manual, AF Manual
        AFM127-100.   Washington.  Dec. 2,  1971.
                                   59

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Gelatinized nitrocellulose  (523)
IUC Name 	
Common Names Plastisnl Nitrncpnu1n«:p(PNf)
Molecular Wt. 459.28 tn 594.29^    Melting Pt.   none
Density (Condensed)^ -55g/cc     13	
                                        Structural Formula
                                     C12H17(ON02)307 to
                                     C12H14(ON02)6)4
                      Density (gas)
                   Boiling  Pt.
                      0
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              9
Flash Point
            Autoignition Temp.  160   C^  '
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower
                                      Upper_
                                      Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water   Insoluble
    Others:
                Hot Water    Insoluble
                     Ethanol   Insoluble
Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in  Stainless steel drums
ICC Classification^
 Comments	
None
Coast Guard Classification
References  (1)   1142
                                          60

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                         Perchloryl Fluoride (326)

                              1.   GENERAL

     Perchloryl fluoride, C103F,  is the acyl fluoride of perchloric acid.
It is a stable compound of low reactivity that is shipped as a compressed
gas.  Perchloryl fluoride gas is  colorless and the liquid is clean and
water-white.  It has a characteristic sweet odor.  The oxidizing potential
of perchloryl fluoride is high which has resulted in its evaluation as a
storable liquid oxidizer for rockets.  In an alkaline environment,
perchloryl fluoride selectively replaces labile hydrogen with fluorine;
this property is in use in the preparation of certain fluoro-steroids.
In the presence of Friedel-Crafts catalysts, perchloryl fluoride can
introduce the C103 ground onto aromatic rings giving a new class of
perchloryl aromatic compounds.

     Perchloryl fluoride is prepared by the electroysis of sodium per-
chlorate dissolved in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride.  The stability of
perchloryl fluoride is due to its molecular symmetry.  On the other hand,
its component elements can be released at a controlled rate.  Anhydrous
perchloryl fluforide is thermally stable up to 500 C.  The chemical
reactivity is primarily dependent on pH, temperature and the presence of
the other reactive atoms or molecules in the reaction media.  It is
resistant to hydrolysis; water at 250 to 300 C has very little effect on
perchloryl fluroide.  In sealed tubes at 250 to 300 C it reacts with
alkali metal hydroxides to give a quantitative hydrolysis to perchlorate
and fluoride ions.  Alcoholic potassium hydroxide causes rapid hydrolysis
of perchloryl fluoride at 25 C. 2152

     The physical/chemical properties for perchloryl fluoride are given in
the attached worksheet.
                               61

-------
                             2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Should liquid perchloryl fluoride splash on the skin,  moderate to  severe
frostbite "burns" may occur depending on the amount spilled and  the length
of time on the skin.  However, toxic injury to the skin is  unlikely.

     Moderate to high concentration of the vapor causes respiratory irritation
and methemoglobinemia.  If severe, methemoglobinemia is accompanied by
cyanosis.  Repeated long term exposure to low concentrations of  perchloryl
fluoride may cause fluorosis of fluoride deposition in bones and teeth;   This
conclusion is based on the detection of significant increases of fluoride
concentrations in the blood, urine and bones of rats, dogs, and  guinea  pigs
                                                2153
exposed to 25 ppm concentrations for six months.

      The Threshold  Limit  Value (TLV)  for an  8-hour  day, 5  days  per week  is
          3                  D??5
 13.5 mg/m  (3  ppm)  (ACGIH).      The  maximum  emergency  exposure  limits are
 as  follows:1300,     '
10 minutes
30 minutes
60 minutes
170 mg/m3
3
68 mg/m
34 mg/m3
(50 ppm)
(20 ppm)
(10 ppm)
                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     A system containing liquified perchloryl .fluoride in the presence of an
oxidizable substance may be shock sensitive, in a fashion similar to that
encountered with liquid oxygen.  Therefore, caution must be exercised to
prevent contamination of perchloryl fluoride from occurring.  No attempt
should be made to absorb, condense, or liquify effluent gases from
reactions.1300'2154

     Many perchloryl derivatives, both organic and inorganic, demonstrate
shock sensitivity.  Sufficient heat or mechanical impact may cause
detonation.2154
                                       62

-------
                 4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Anhydrous perchloryl fluoride does not attack glass, corrode metals,
or attack common gasketing materials rapidly at ordinary temperatures.  It
can be stored for extended periods, as shipped, ready for immediate use.
Anhydrous perchloryl fluoride has been stored at 70 F in steel cylinders
for periods of several years without evidence of instability.  Shorter term
                                                            2153
storage tests at 100 F have given equally favorable results.

     The maximum temperature recommended for prolonged storage in metal
containers is 130  F.  Perchloryl fluoride in gaseous and liquid states is
stable to shock.2154

     In the presence of  water vapor, perchloryl fluoride becomes corrosive
to many metals.  Stainless steels,  types 304, 310  and 314 have shown
favorable short-term exposure tests at 25 C for two-month exposure.   Other
metals exhibiting  good resistance under these conditions include Haste!loy,
                      2154
titanium and  tantalum.

      Perchloryl  fluoride is shipped by rail  or truck.   Air freight, parcel
post, and rail express are permitted;  it is not approved for air express
shipment.   The loaded pressure in cylinders at 70 F is  145 psig.   Perchloryl
fluoride is classified by the U. S.  Department of Transporation (DOT) as a
"Compressed Gas, Not Otherwise Specified."  A green DOT label is required
                2153
during shipment.

      The safe disposal  of perchloryl  fluoride is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional  limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in
marine habitats.  These recommended provisional  limits are as follows:
Contaminant in Air          Provisional  Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Perchloryl  Fluoride          0.025 mg/M3~"               0.01  TLV
Contaminant in
Water and Soil              Provisional  Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Perchloryl  Fluoride          0.61 to 1.7 ppm       Drinking Water Standard

-------
                  5.   EVALUATION OF  WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
     The processing options for the disposal of perchloryl  fluoride are
briefly described in the following paragraphs together with recommendations
as to their adequacy.  Detailed discussions of the processing operations are
presented in the referenced perchloryl fluoride reports.

                  Option No. 1 - Reaction with a Charcoal Bed
     The classic fluorine disposal unit is a charcoal bed composed of
                                                                   ,  v
                                                                    1300
                      1154
3/8-in. charcoal bits.      This method has been used with fluorine, with
interhalogen compounds (C1F3 and C1F5) and with perchloryl fluoride.
The products are carbon tetrafluoride, carbon dioxide, and chlorine.   Carbon
tetrafluoride is chemically inert and relatively non-toxic which permits
                1414
it to be vented.      Chlorine and carbon dioxide produced are removed by a
caustic scrubber.  Perchloryl fluoride is highly hypergolic with either
amorphous carbon or charcoal and reacts vigorously under all conditions,
even at low concentrations.      If high rates of disposal are required for
perchloryl fluoride, the charcoal reactor will become a huge furnace.
However, for fluorine, the charcoal disposal system has proven successful
for disposal rates up to 600 Ib per hr (30  Ib of fluorine in approximately
3 min).  Continuous operation  requires a number of parallel disposal reactors.
Approximately  17  Ib of charcoal are required to treat 100 Ib of fluorine.
1154,1414  Qn  this 5as-js.  about 22 Ib of charcoal would be  required  per
100 Ib  of  C103F.  Engineering  data for perchloryl fluoride  similar to that
obtained for fluorine has  not  been obtained, but is required to adequately
design  a charcoal reactor  for  perchloryl fluoride.
                      Option No. 2 - Propane Burner

     A propane burner has been described for the disposal of oxygen
difluoride which could be used for perchloryl fluoride.      The unit
consists of a burner, stack, propane supply and control system and an
air blower.  The fluorine compound is discharged into the burner,  which
                                      64

-------
is run rich in propane.   Both hydrogen fluoride and chloride are exhausted
and require scrubbing.   Such a unit, though not in use, should be satisfactory
for treating large quantities of perchloryl fluoride.

                        Option No.  3 - Venting

     One propel 1 ant handling manual  recommends disposal of perchloryl
fluoride in an isolated, posted area by remotely controlled dumping through
a pipe to a shallow evaporating pan  where the material is allowed to
evaporate.      This method is not considered satisfactory because the
vapors discharged are reactive and toxic.

                   6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     It is recommended that National Disposal Sites have a unit operation
capable of handling perchloryl fluoride, fluorine, internalogen compounds
and chlorine.  Since this unit operation will not be required to handle
large volumes of these compounds, the unit can contain options for treating
each of these compounds.  It is recommended that experimentation be conducted
to generate the necessary engineering data for construction of such a unit.
Option 1, Reaction with  a Charcoal  Bed, is recommended for use at a National
Disposal Site because this method has been adequately evaluated for
treatment of fluorine and has been used in the laboratory for treatment of
perchloryl fluoride.

-------
                            7.  REFERENCES

0225. American Conference of Governmental  Industrial  Hygienists.   Threshold
        limit values for 1971.  Occupational  Hazards, p.  35-40, Aug.  1971.

1154. Cakle, F. S.  Design handbook for liquid fluorine,  general  handling
        equipment, WADD Technical Report 60-159, AGC  Contract AF  36(616)6586,
        Dec. 1960.

1300. Joint Army Navy AirForce (JANAF) Hazards Working Group.  Chemical
        rocket propellent hazards, liquid propellent  handling, storage and
        transportation, VIII, CPIA Publication No.194, May 1970,  Silver
        Springs, Maryland.

1414. Convair Division of General Dynamics.  A study  of prelaunch operations
        for a space storable propellent module.  Final Report No. GDC-BNZ
        69-013-7, San Diego, California.

2152. Personal communication.   Dr. John F. Gall, Pennsalt Chemicals  Cor-
        poration, to J. R. Denson, TRW Systems, Feb.  1966.

2153. Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation.  Perchloryl fluoride,  New Products
        Booklet DS-1819,  Philadelphia.  6  p.

2154. Pennsalt Chemical Corporation.  Perchloryl fluoride.  New Products
        Booklet DS-1819, Philadelphia.  24 p.
                                     66

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. H. Name   Perch! oryl fluoridp  (326)
                                  x    '                        Structural Formula
IUC Name     Perch! oryl fluoridp
Common Names
                                                                    C103F
Molecular Wt.   102.45	    Melting Pt.     -147.7 C        Boiling  Pt.  -46.67 C
Density (Condensed)  2.003      §147.7 JC	Density (gas)n.OfiS 0/rm2  9     25     C
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
  2.25 psla   @   -80 c               84.01  psla    0 C            176.0 psla  &   25   r
Flash Point	Autolgnltlon Temp._
Flammabillty Limits In Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper.
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  X)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water   0.1 g/1  at 25 C       Hot Water	   Ethanol2.5 a/1 at  25 C
    Others:     dioxane 5.0 g/1 at 25 C
Acid, Base Properties   acts as a Lewis base 1n  Friedel-crafts  type reactions	
Highly Reactive with   H,S. NgH^,  nucleophtHc groups,  carbon
Compatible with   most metals,  water
Shipped in     steel  cylinders
ICC Classification compressed  gas,  nos	  Coast Guard Classification compressed gas nos
Comments   critical  temperature  95.9 C
           critical  pressure   779 osia
References (1) 2154

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                          Ammonium Pi crate, Dry (27).
                          Ammonium Pi crate. Wet (28)
                              1.   GENERAL

     Ammonium picrate, ammonium 2,4,6-trinitrophenate, or Explosive  D, is
a colored crystalline compound.  It exists in two forms; stable yellow
monoclinic crystals and metastable red rhombic crystals.  The two forms
are easily interconvertible and do not differ in explosive properties.  It
is used as an explosive in armor-piercing projectiles and as an ingredient
of picratol and propel 1 ant compositions.  Ammonium picrate is less sensi-
tive to impact than TNT, but has  a lower temperature for explosion (318 C)
than that for TNT (475 C).  There are two classes of ammonium picrate for
military use, which differ in particle size.  Wet ammonium picrate is not
used as an explosive but may be used as a convenient form for transportation,
     The manufacture of ammonium picrate is accomplished by suspending
picric acid in hot water and neutralizing the acid with gaseous aqueous
ammonia.  As the ammonia picrate forms, it goes into solution.  Upon
cooling the neutral solution, ammonium picrate separates as crystals which
are washed with cold water.  Chemically ammonium picrate is not very
reactive.   Strong alkalies decompose it into picric acid and ammonia.
When maintained at its melting point, it decomposes into the same
products.0474'1147

     The chemical/physical properties for the ammonium pi crates are
summarized on the attached worksheet.

-------
                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Ammonium picrate is not markedly toxic, but it discolors  the  skin
and may cause a dermatitis.  Inhalation of the dust should  be  avoided,
and frequent baths and changes of clothing are prescribed for  workers  in
production and use of ammonium picrate.  Neither Threshold  Limit Values
(TLV), nor provisional maximum concentrations in water for  man or fish,
have been established.  However, it can be assumed that the TLV of 0.1
mg per cubic meter for picric acid will also apply to ammonium picrate.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Ammonium picrate is a high explosive that normally requires a primer
train (initiating agent and booster) for detonation, although  it may
detonate when subjected to a flame.  It is not as sensitive to shock as
TNT.

              4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The explosive characteristics of ammonium picrate require that all
waste streams from its manufacture and all scrap conventional  munitions
containing ammonium picrate be treated by one of the disposal  processes
described as "acceptable" in Section 5, where recovery and  reuse of the
explosive is not economically feasible.  Ammonium picrate,  dry, is
classed by the Department of Transportation (DOT) as an Explosive, Class
A.  In quantities less than 16 oz, wet ammonium picrate (minimum 10 percent
water) may be shipped as an Inflammable Solid.

     The safe disposal of ammonium picrate is defined in terms of^the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and
in marine habitats.  These are:
Contaminant in            Provisional Limit    Basis for Recommendation
    Air	
                                   o
Ammonium Picrate         0.001 mg/M  as Picric Acid      0.01  TLV
                                     70

-------
Contaminant in Water     Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
     and Soil	
Ammonium Pi crate        0.005 mg/1 as Picric Acid   Stokinger and
                                                    Woodward Method
     The majority of wastes containing ammonium pi crate are discharged
as manufacturing wastes, or are present as explosive Fill  i°«  scrap,
conventional munitions.  The quantities of these waste forms are
included in those listed in Volume XIV.

               5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                    Option No.1 - Chemical Degradation

     Ammonium pi crate in aqueous waste streams or excess ammonium picrate
is decomposed by reaction with a considerable excess of sodium sulfide
solution.  The proportions employed are, by weight, one part explosive to
30 parts of 14 percent (by weight) hydrated sodium sulfide solution.    '
1147
      The H2S and NH3 liberated must be scrubbed from the vent air, or
burned in an appropriate scrubber-equipped incinerator.  The solution
from the disposal process must be neutralized, stripped of H^S, and
chlorinated to oxidize the remaining phenolics.  The hLS stripped from
the solution should be burned in an appropriate, scrubber equipped
incinerator.  As an alternative to chlorination, the phenolics may be
removed by adsorption on activated carbon.  This technique is  acceptable
and is employed where the quantities of explosive treated are  small  or
where explosive contaminated equipment must be decontaminated.

         Option No.2 - Controlled Incineration - Manufacturing Wastes

     The Army Ammunition Plants are currently investigating controlled
incineration processes for the disposal  of waste high explosives  and high
explosive-contaminated wastes.  The systems under investigation include
a conveyor-fed municipal  type incinerator equipped with an afterburner,
cyclones and wet scrubbers and a slurry-fed rotary kiln incinerator
equipped with particulate abatement and wet scrubbing devices.  Disposal

                               71

-------
systems of these types, when developed, are expected to be acceptable for
use where recovery is not feasible economically, or where  contaminated
inert wastes must be destroyed.

          Option No. 3 - Controlled Incineration - Military Munitions

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal  System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the  U.  S. Army Materiel  Command
includes a Deactivation Furnace which is particularly suited to the
disposal of small charges of high explosive (such as ammonium picrate).
High explosives up to about  7  Ib in  weight per charge, produced by
disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor to an
explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas
flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate
the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end of the
kiln is about 500 F gas temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length,
and the fired end opposite the explosive feed end is maintained at a gas
temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion  product gas exits through a
cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should go through an afterburner,
to complete oxidation of CO, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with
caustic soda or soda ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.
Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.

                     Option No. 4 - Open Burning

     The current procedure employed for disposal of the majority of
the ammonium picrate manufacturing wastes  is open burning in a safe
area.  This practice is unacceptable.

                 6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The ammonium picrate and pi crate-contaminated inert wastes produced
as manufacturing wastes should be disposed of at the plant site by Options
1, 2 or 3 of Section 5 above, in accordance with the quantity and character
of explosive scrap involved.  Conventional munitions classified as surplus

-------
which contain ammonium picrate explosive fill  should be disposed of by
the Armed Services at National Disposal  Sites  under Armed Service
cognizance, by the technique of Option 3, above.
                                  73

-------
                            7.  REFERENCES
0225.  American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists.  Threshold
         limit values for 1971.  Occupational Hazards, p. 35-40, Aug.  1971.

0474.  Tomlinson, W. R. Jr., revised by 0. E. Sheffield.  Properties of
         explosives of military interest.  Technical Report No. 1740,
         Rev. 1, Picatinny Arsenal.  Apr. 1958.  348 p.

1147.  Department of the Army and the Air Force.  Military explosives,
         TM-9-1910, Washington.  Apr. 1958.  336 p.

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Ammonium Pi crate  (27)(28)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    Ammonium Pi crate
Common Names
   ONH
02N
Molecular Wt.  246.14(1^             Melting Pt.   decomposes       Boiling Pt._
Density (Condensed) 1-72        @	Density (gas)	&	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              G>
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp. 473 r. explodes
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper
Solubility                     ...                                                          (2)
    Cold Water  lg/100g at 20 C  '      Hot Water	   Ethanol Slightly soluble
    Others:	
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with  strong
Compatible with_
Shipped in _
ICC Classification   High Explosive  ^' _  Coast Guard Classification   ig   Xp °S1V6
 Comments
 References  (1)   0766
            (2)
                                              75

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
              Copper Acetylide  (517) and Silver AcetyTide (537)


                                1.  GENERAL

      The heavy metal  salts of acetylene have the properties of primary
explosives, but only cuprous acetylide has  been found satisfactory for
practical use.  Cuprous acetylide is a russet or reddish-brown  powder.   It
is prepared by the action of acetylene on an ammonia  solution of cuprous
chloride.  In order to avoid contamination  with cupric  acetylide, a very
sensitive explosive, cuprous acetylide is often precipitated in the presence
of a reducing substance such as  hydroxylamine, hydrazine sulfate, or sulfur
dioxide.  Cuprous acetylide forms as an impurity in hydrocarbon gas streams
contaminated with acetylene when pipes  or containers  are contaminated with
copper or copper-containing compounds.   Cuprous acetylide explodes in air  at
120 to 123 C, but in an acetylene atmosphere, under a pressure  of 5 atm, it
decomposes without explosion at  250 C.   Cuprous acetylide is used as the chief
component of match heads in electric fuses, being particularly  susceptible
                                                                   2171
to ignition by sparks  or a glowing wire to  give a sharp, hot flame.     The
physical/chemical properties of  cuprous acetylide are summarized in the
attached  worksheet.

      Silver acetylide, Ag2C?, is a white powder formed when acetylene  is
passed through an ammonical solution of silver chloride.  It has even stronger
explosive properties than cuprous acetylide due to its  large negative heat
of formation, -AH = 87.15 Kcal/mole.  It is of no practical  use and has not
                              ?171
been thoroughly characterized.      It is not discussed further in this profile
Report.
                                  77

-------
                             2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Although the toxicity of cuprous acetylide has not been well
established,0766 it is considered to be less toxic than other copper
compounds, due to its low solubility in body fluids.

                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Cuprous acetylide is a primary, initiating explosive so sensitive
to heat, sparks, impact and friction that it undergoes detonation  when
subjected to very mild thermal, electrical or mechanical shock by  a: spark,
flame or percussion.  Care must be taken that cuprous acetylide is not
contaminated with cupric acetylide which may occur if cuprous chloride
used in the preparation of the acetylide contains cupric salt.  This is
important since  cupric acetylide is unstable and explodes on heating even
between 50 and 70 C,  and is even more sensitive to impact and friction
                       2171
than cuprous acetylide.

                   4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

      The sensitivity of cuprous acetylide to shock, friction, and heat as
with most initiating agents, requires that all scrap and waste from
preparation and purification be maintained wet for destruction.  Cuprous
acetylide .is packaged wet for storage or shipment.   Packaging is accomplished
by placing not more than 25 Ib,  wet with 20 percent water,  in a duck-^cloth
or rubberized-cloth bag covered with a cap of the same material.  The bag
is then tied securely.  Not more than six such bags are placed in  the center
of a watertight metal or wooden barrel, drum, or keg lined with a  heavy
close-fitting jute bag.  The large bag containing cuprous acetylide is
surrounded with well packed sawdust that has been saturated with water.  The
bag forming a liner is sewn closed before closing the barrel, drum, or keg.
Not more than 150 Ib  of initiating explosive is permitted in a  single
container.  It is shipped wet  under the Department of Transportation  (DOT)
regulations for  an Explosive,  Class A.2170
                                     78

-------
      Because cuprous acetylide is a sensitive primary explosive, it is
 recommended that no cuprous acetylide be released to the environment.

      The safe disposal  of cuprous acetylide is defined in terms of the
 recommended provisional limits for copper as a product of disposal in
 the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine habitats.  These
 recommended provisional limits are as follows:
 Contaminant in        Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
 	Air	
 Copper (in dust and   0.01 mg/M3 as Cu            0.01 TLV
         mists)
 Contaminant in        Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
 Water and Soil
 Copper                1.0 mg/1  as Cu         Drinking  Water  Standard

                5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The only documented disposal process for cuprous  acetylide is by
detonation which is the disposal process generally employed for initiating
explosives.  Wet bags in the transporting container (described in Section 4)
are transported to the disposal area.  Then several bags are removed from
the transporting container, carried to the destruction pit, placed in
intimate contact with each other, and blasting caps are placed between the
bags to initiate the cuprous acetylide.  Remaining explosives must be kept
behind a barricade with overhead protection during the destruction
operations and located at a distance that assures safety.  Personnel  must
be behind a similar barricade.   °

     This disposal  process is satisfactory on an interim basis, providing
that copper salts liberated are not allowed to leach into ground water
or near-by streams.   Research is required to establish a fully satisfactory
process for disposal  of cuprous acetylide.
                                  79

-------
               6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Cuprous acetylide is manufactured in limited quantities at plants
making special electric fuses.  Plants manufacturing such items have
facilities for the disposal of cuprous acetylide discharged in waste
streams, as scrap, or as excess material.  Cuprous acetylide which is not
processed for disposal at such manufacturers' facilities is a candidate
waste stream constituent for National Disposal Sites if the specific
waste involved can be handled and transported safely.  This disposal
process to be employed at National Disposal Sites should be the open
detonation procedure accepted as satisfactory on an interim basis in
Section 5, until a fully satisfactory technique is developed.  Surplus,
scrap or obsolete materials containing copper acetylide should be handled
only by qualified ordnance demolition personnel experienced in disposal of
high sensitivity initiating explosives.  The contaminated or scrap acety-
lide should be transported wet, in a vehicle properly equipped for safe
transport of initiating explosives, and only to the nearest satisfactory
disposal site.   In the event that hazards to the disposal team and the
public due to handling and transport to the nearest National Disposal
Site are deemed  excessive by the demolition team, the materials should
be disposed of by detonation in a cleared area.
                                      80

-------
                            7.    REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N.  I., Dangerous properties  of industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation.  1968.  251  p.

2170. Ordnance Corps,  Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety manual.
        ORDM-224, Washington.  1951.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz, Chemistry and  technology of  explosives,  V.III,
        Warsawa, Polish Scientific Publishers, 1967.   Translated  by  Jurecki,
        Marian, New York, Pergamon Press. 714  p.
                                   81

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name 	
                                                               Structural Formula
IDC Name     Cuprous acetylide
Common Names
                                                                  Cu0C,
Molecular Wt.    150.1U'	    Melting Pt.  120 C explodes    Boiling  Pt.
Density (Condensed)	@	Density (gas)	@	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55°C and 20°C)
              (0                               §                                (
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water  Insoluble	  Hot Water  Insoluble	   Ethanol   Insoluble
    Others: Most organic solvents - insoluble.'soluble in alkalies, KCN
Acid, Base Properties	.
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
 Shipped  in   Bags, wet
 ICC Classification  Explosive. Class A	  Coast Guard Classification Explosive.  Class A
 Comments         -		_	__—
 References (1)    0766

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                       Copper Chlorotetrazole (518),
                   Gold Fulminate (fulminating gold) (526).
                 Silver Styphnate (539). Silver Tetrazene (540)

                              1.   GENERAL

     The compounds copper chlorotetrazole, gold fulminate, silver styphnate
and silver tetranzene are described in the unclassified literature only to
the extent that they can be prepared.     '      Copper chlorotetrazole  is
classified as a sensitive primary explosive..       Other fulminates,
styphnates, and tetrazene salts  are vigorous  primary explosives  capable
of being used as initiators, and it is therefore  assumed that gold
fulminate, silver styphnate, and silver tetrazene will  have  similar
properties.  The  worksheets summarizing physical/chemical properties
and the details of toxicology are not presented for these compounds
because this data is not available.
                             2.  TOXICOLOGY

      It  should be noted that copper, gold and silver compounds are in
 general, only slightly toxic, and that isocyanates and styphnates have
 variable toxicity.  No other data is available on the specific toxicology
 of  the subject compounds.

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS

      The four compounds discussed in this Profile Report are believed to
 be  so sensitive to heat, impact, electrical discharge, and friction that
 they  undergo detonation when subjected to a very mild thermal, mechanical,
 or  electrical shock by a spark, flame, or percussion.
                                 83

-------
               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     If the four compounds discussed are manufactured, waste from
precipitation and washing operations should be collected in settling
tanks for treatment by the processes described in Section 5.  Excess
material should also be disposed of in the same manner.  All waste should
be kept wet until treated.

     Though these compounds are not classified by the Department of
Transportation (DOT) it appears they would be classified as an Explosive,
Class A, and would be classified by the Army as Class 9, Group M
explosives.2170'0474

     The safe disposal of copper chlorotetrazole, silver styphnate and
silver tetrazene is defined in terms of the recommended provisional
limits for the copper and silver in the atmosphere, in potable water,
and in marine habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as
follows:
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
     Air	
Copper (in dusts &     0.01 mg/M3 as Cu             0.01 TLV
Silver                 0.0001 mg/M3 as Ag           0.01  TLV
        mists)

Contaminant in         Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Copper                 1.0 mg/1 as Cu          Drinking Water Standard
Silver                 0.05 mg/1 as Ag        Drinking Water Standard

Provisional limits have as yet not been established for gold compounds.

     The four initiating agents covered in this Profile Report do hot
occur in any known waste stream, and are not currently used in U.S.
manufactured munitions.  If they have been discharged as waste, the
quantities involved have been experimental lot quantities, probably  less
than 10 Ib in the aggregate.

                                       84

-------
               5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     These four compounds are not manufactured at present, and specific
disposal procedures have not been published.  With some modifications,
the procedures used for the disposal of other detonating agents can be
employed.

                         Option No. 1 - Detonation

     The Ordnance Safety Manual recommends detonation as the best method
for disposal of all initiating explosives.       In the use of this
procedure, bags containing the wet explosive are transported to the
demolition area.  Several bags are removed from  the container and carried
to the destruction pit, placed in intimate contact with each other, and
a blasting cap placed between the bags to initiate the explosives.  All
remaining explosives should be kept behind a barricade with overhead
protection during destruction operations.  In the use of this method,
the copper, gold, or silver present cannot be recovered, but will be lost
to the soil in the demolition area.  This method is not environmentally
acceptable and should not be used unless the hazards of transportation
and handling for disposal via the technique of Option No. 2 outweigh the
ecological impact of detonation.

                     Option No. 2 - Controlled Combustion

     The most promising technique under development for disposal of high
explosives is the controlled combustion process which employs a rotary
kiln incinerator equipped with appropriate scrubbing devices.  This
technique can probably be used with these four compounds.   The explosive
is fed to the incinerator as a slurry in water, at a weight ratio,
explosive to water, of 1:3.   The scrubber effluent would require treatment
for recovery of particulate copper, gold or silver compounds  formed as
a combustion product.   Additional  copper, gold or silver could be recovered
from the incinerator.   This  process is recommended for disposal  of the
four compounds  being discussed.
                                 85

-------
                  6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The four compounds discussed, if used, would be used as initiating
agents in military ammunition.  Military ammunition manufacturing plants
and ammunition storage depots have facilities for disposal of explosives
discharged as scrap, or as contaminants of other wastes.  Explosives which
are not processed for disposal at such facilities are candidates for
National Disposal Sites if the specific waste can be handled and transported
safely.  The explosives should be transported wet in a vehicle specially
equipped for the safe transport of primary explosives, and only to the neiarest
disposal site.  The disposal process to be employed at National Disposal
Sites should be that cited as Option No. 2 in Section 5.  Wastes of the
compounds, and wastes contaminated with the compounds should be handled
only by a qualified ordnance demolition team experienced in handling
primary explosives.  If hazards to the team and public from transportation
and handling are deemed excessive by the demolition team, the waste should
be disposed of by detonation in a cleared area.
                                      86

-------
                                                         21485-6013-RU-00
                            7.  REFERENCES

2170. Ordnance Corps., Department of the  Army.   Ordnance  safety manual,
        ORDM7-224.   Washington,  1951.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz.   Chemistry and technology  of  explosives,  v. 1,
        2, 3.  Warszawa,  Polish  Scientific  Publishers, 1967.  Translated
        by Jurecki, Martin, New  York,  Pergamon  Press.
                                  87

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                       Diazodinitrophenol (DDNP) (521)

                              1. GENERAL

        Diazodinltrophenol (DDNP, Dinol, 2-diazo-l-oxy-4,6-dinitrobenzene)
is a yellow or reddish-yellow amorphous powder.  It is prepared by diazotizing
picramic acid, NH2(N02)2CgH2OH, with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid.
The dark brown, granular product obtained is thoroughly washed with ice
water and is purified by dissolving in hot acetone and precipitating by
the addition of a large volume of ice water.  Diazodinitrophenol  is almost
insoluble in water and alcohol, and is stored under water or under an
alcohol-water mixture.

     Diazodinltrophenol is as sensitive to impact as mercury fulminate,
but less sensitive to friction.  Its sensitivity to friction is approximately
that of lead azide, whereas it is more sensitive to heat than either
mercury fulminate or lead azide.  This makes for ease of ignition and
thereby renders it slightly more adaptable for use than lead azide.  It is
considerably more stable than mercury fulminate, but not as stable as lead
azide.  Like lead azide, diazodinitrophenol has largely replaced mercury
fulminate in commercial blasting caps and to some extent in
ammunition.0474'1147'1433'2171

     Chemical/physical properties are summarized in the attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

      Diazodinltrophenol is of unknown toxicity and a Threshold Limit Value
 (TLV) has not been established.      It is a compound containing nitrogroups
 and exposure should be  limited. Compounds containing nitrogroups cause dila-
 tion  of blood vessels,  headaches, nausea, vomiting, methemoglobinemia,
 cyanosis, reduced blood pressure, central nervous system depression, and
 in large quantities coma  and  respiratory paralysis.     Diazodinitrophenol

                                   89

-------
has a low vapor pressure which indicates it probably would not enter the
body through inhalation, but its solubility in organic solvents indicates
it may enter the body through skin absorption.

                              3.   OTHER HAZARDS
     Diazodinitrophenol is a primary initiating explosive that is  so
sensitive to electrical discharge, heat, friction, and impact that it
undergoes detonation when subjected to a very mild electrical, mechanical
or thermal shock from a spark, flame or percussion.  It has approximately
the same sensitivity to friction as lead azide.  The explosion temperature
value is 180 C.  It detonates when struck a sharp blow, but it burns with
a flash, if ignited, when unconfined and even in quantities of several
grams.  However, even slight confinement causes the transition of  burning
                1147
into detonation.      Water effectively desensitizes diazodinitrophenol; it
is not detonated by a No. 8 blasting cap when wet with water.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     In addition to excess diazodinitrophenol, waste wash water and
acetone-water used for the recrystallization of diazodinitrophenol  will
contain some diazodinitrophenol  that will require treatment.   After
evaporation of acetone in the purification process, the residues must be
kept wet until  treated.  Diazodinitrophenol collected from wash water sumps
must also be kept wet until destroyed.

     The sensitivity of diazodinitrophenol to shock and friction requires
that it be packaged for storage or shipment in a wet condition. If
shipment or storage under 19W temperature conditions is anticipated, a
mixture of equal weights of water and ethanol is used.  Packaging  is
accomplished by placing approximately 25 Ib, wet with not less than 20
percent liquid in a duck-cloth or rubberized-cloth bag, covered with a cap
of the same material.  The bag is then tied securely.  Not more than six
such bags are placed in a larger bag of the same material.  The larger bag
is tied and placed in the center of a watertight metal or wooden barrel,
drum, or keg lined with a heavy close-fitting jute bag.  The large bag
containing diazodinitrophenol is surrounded with well-packed sawdust that

                                       90

-------
has been saturated with water or water-ethanol  mixture.   The bag forming
a liner is sewn closed before closing the barrel, drum,  or keg.  Not more
than 150 Ib of diazodinitrophenol is permitted  in a single container.

     Diazodinitrophenol is shipped wet under the Department of Transportation
(DOT) regulations for an Explosive, Class A.  It is covered by DOD regula-
                                                              0474 1147
tions for an explosive with a sensitivity of Class 9, Group M. ^'^"'^

     Because diazodinitrophenol is a sensitive  high explosive, it is
recommended that no diazodinitrophenol be released to the environment.
Provisional limits have not been established for DDNP.  The waste forms
containing DDNP are for the most part surplus and obsolete military
munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing wastes composed of
scrap, explosive, and explosive-contaminated "inert" materials.   (The
"inert" materials are almost always combustible wastes - cardboard, paper-
board, fiberboard, and the like).  The quantities by location of DDNP,
and of the waste forms in which it is contained, are included in the quan-
tities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents and  Primers" in the
tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" and "Obsolete Conventional
Munitions" in  Volume  XIV,  title  "Waste  Forms and Quantities".

                 5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     The processing options for the disposal of diazodinitrophenol are
briefly described in the following paragraphs together with recommendations
as to adequacy.  Detailed discussions of the processing  operations are
presented in the referenced diazodinitrophenol  disposal  reports.  Because
of the explosive hazard, it is recommended that the responsible disposal
engineer become acquainted in detail with explosive disposal operations
before attempting to dispose of diazodinitrophenol.  Under no circumstances
should waste diazodinitrophenol, or materials contaminated with DDNP be
handled dry, or by anyone other than an experienced disposal team.
                                   91

-------
                         Option No. 1 - Detonation

     When more than a few pounds of diazodim'trophenol  are to be destroyed,
detonation is the usual  current disposal  procedure.  Wet  diazodinitrophenol
is transported to the disposal area.  Then several bags are removed from
the transporting container (described in Section 4.),  carried to the
destruction pit, placed in intimate contact with each  other, and blasting
caps are placed between the bags to initiate the diazodinitrophenol.
Remaining explosives must be kept behind a barricade with overhead
protection  during the destruction operations and located at a distance
that assures safety.  Personnel must be behind a similar
barricade.1147,2168,2170,2230  This destruction process which liberates
NO  is only satisfactory for small quantities of diazodinitrophenol.  If
  xV
large quantities are to be destroyed, the NOV liberated can cause an
                                            A
environmental problem.  Detonation is not recommended as a disposal
procedure for DDNP unless safety considerations rule out transportation
and handling for disposal via  Option 3.

               Option No. 2 -  Treatment with Sodium Hydroxide

     Small quantities of diazodinitrophenol such  as residues left on parts
can be decomposed to an unknown but  non-explosive substance by adding the
water-wet material to 100 times its weight of 10  percent sodium hydroxide.
Nitrogen gas is evolved.     '        The  remaining residue, though not
identified in the publications referenced, requires isolation and
development of a method for destruction  such as neutralization and  solvent
extraction, followed by incineration.

                Option No. 3 - Controlled Incineration

     The controlled slurry incineration technique currently being developed
under Army cognizance is recommended for disposal of waste DDNP.  In the
process, a 1 to 3 slurry of DDNP in water is fed to a rotary kiln incinerator
equipped with suitable afterburner or alkaline scrubbing systems for the
the abatement of the NO  liberated.  If the alkaline scrubbing approach is
                       *\

                                       92

-------
employed for NO  abatement, the scrubber liquid effluent (essentially a
               A
purge or bleed-off from a recirculating system) is neutralized and diluted
to where the combined nitrite and nitrite contents are below 250 ppm.

      Option No.4 - Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace
                    Incineration
     The method approved by the Armed Forces for the disposal of detonators,
primers, blasting caps, and disassembled small arms ammunition containing
DDNP and other primary initiating explosives is by burning or detonation
in a specially designed detonator furnace.      In this furnace the com-
ponents are fed to the combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and
a special conveying device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with
an afterburner to abate NO , and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the
                          X
removal of metallic dust and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating
scrubbing solution should be treated to prevent lead and copper pollution
as detailed under the Profile Reports for lead and copper.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the dis-
posal of detonators and primers containing DDNP.  Detonators and primers
from the disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor
to an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or
gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights to iso-
late the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end of
the kiln is at about 1,200 F.  Combustion product gas exits through a
cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should go through an afterburner,
to complete oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed
in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash solution recirculated as
scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization,
would exit to sewer.  The metal components of the primers and detonators
are recovered as scrap.
                                   93

-------
               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The manufacture and use of diazodinitrophenol is limited to those
plants involved in the manufacture of commercial blasting caps and
ammunition.  Such plants have facilities for the disposal of diazodinitro-
phenol in waste streams, as scrap, or as excess material.  DDNP waste and
DDNP contaminated wastes from commercial operations which are not disposed
of at such facilities are candidates for National Disposal Sites if the
specific waste can be handled and transported safely.  All DDNP wastes and
DDNP contaminated wastes should be transported wet, in a vehicle properly
equipped for the safe transport of high explosives, and only to the nearest
satisfactory disposal area.  The disposal process recommended for use with
DDNP wastes other than blasting caps and ammunition at National Disposal
Sites is the controlled incineration technique of Option 3, above.  If
DDNP contaminated wastes other than blasting caps and ammunition are to be
disposed of and they are not capable of being handled as a slurry, the
decontamination approach of Option 2 should be employed.  DDNP wastes and
DDNP contaminated wastes should only be handled by a qualified ordnance
team, experienced in handling DDNP.  If the disposal team considers the
handling and transportation to a National Disposal Site of any DDNP waste
would cause undue hazard to the team or the public, the waste should be
destroyed by detonation in a cleared area.

     Commercial blasting caps and ammunition, if safe to transport, should
be deactivated by the techniques of Option 4.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be
demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces  at National  Disposal
Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be
employed for destruction of DDNP, after disassembly of the military
ordnance devices, should be that of Option 4 above.
                                      94

-------
                             7.    REFERENCES
0474. Tomlinson, W. R.,  Jr.  revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.   Properties  of
        explosives of military interest, Technical  Report No.  1740,  Rev.  1,
        Picatinny Arsenal, Apr.  1958.   348 p.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous  properties of industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing  Corporation,  1968.   1,251  p.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz, translated by Marian Jurecki,  Chemistry and
        technology of explosives, v III, Warszawa,  Polish Scientific
        Publishers, 1967, translation  Pergamon Press, New York.   714 p.

2230. Department of the  Air Force, Explosive  safety manual, AF Manual
        AFM127-100, Washington.   Dec.  2, 1971.
                                 95

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. H. Name    Diazodinitrophenol  (521)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name    2-diazo-l-oxy-4,6-dinitrobenzene
Common Names
                                                                N02
Molecular Wt.     210	Melting Pt.      157 C          Boiling  Pt.180  C  explodes
Density (Condensed) 1.63rj/cc     @  20    C   Density (gas)	&	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	

Solubility

    Cold Water 0.08g/100g at 25 C      Hot Water	EthanolQ.84g/ldOq at 25 (
    Others:    _6.0g/100g acetone at 25 C

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped jn   ba9s wet with water or ethanol-water
                                                                           Explosive,
ICC Classification explosive, Class A            Coast Guard  Classification Class A
 Comments Primary explosive; very highly sensitive to impact,  friction,  heat, and electrical
 shock.	
 References  (1)   0474
                                              96

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                            Dinitrotoluene (165)

                              1.   GENERAL

     Dinitrotoluene (DNT) is manufactured by the stepwise nitration of
toluene with mixed acid (sulfuric and nitric acids).  Both the 2,4 and
2,6  isomers are produced by this process but only the 2,4 isomer is of
commercial significance.  Although dinitrotoluene is used in explosives
and propellents, its principle uses are for the manufacture of poly-
urethanes and as a dye intermediate.  Much of the dinitrotoluene produced
is reduced to the diamine by a proprietary liquid phase catalytic process.
The diamine is then reacted with phosgene to make toluene diisocyanate.
                                                            1433
In this process, all waste streams are sent to incineration.       The
physical/chemical properties of DNT are summarized in the attached
worksheet.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Signs and symptoms attributed to dinitrotoluene toxicity are
dermatitis, gastritis, and methemoglobinemia which give rise to charac-
teristic patterrns of cyanosis, aplastic anemia and toxic hepatitis. The
chemical may be absorbed by inhalation and ingestion and, to a lesser
extent, by skin contact.  Skin contact may result in staining of the
skin and can give rise to dermatitis in susceptible individuals.   It
may cause irritation of mucous membranes of the respiratory tract and
                                                                   o
eyes.   Dinitrotoluene has a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 1.5 mg/M
(ACGIH 1968).1142
                                97

-------
                         3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Dinitrotoluene can be detonated by a very strong initiator.   It  may
be an explosion hazard when involved in a fire.   When burning,  it  can be
extinguished by the use of water, carbon dioxide, dry sodium carbonate,
or carbon tetrachloride.  Fire fighting should be done by remote control.
                                    1142
Its hazard properties are as follows    :
     Explosion temperature
          5 seconds                  310 C
     Vacuum stability
          120 C                      0.04 cc/hr
     Friction
          8 ft/sec                   950 Ib

                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Dinitrotoluene is shipped in bottles, cans, metal barrels, drums and
wooden barrels or kegs with liners.  It is a DOD Class 2, Group D  explo-
     1142                                                             °
sive.      The regulations for storage and transportation of the chemical
are provided by JANAF Hazard Working Group.      To prevent skin and  eye
contact, inhalation and ingestion, personnel working with the chemical
should wear protective slothing, rubber gloves and eye protective  gear.

     Normally only workers in a plant manufacturing or using DNT will be
exposed to dinitrotoluene as a dust.  For this reason, the only limit set
has been the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of 1.5 mg/M  for workers  in
plants manufacturing or handling DNT.  Recommended provisional  limits for
dinitrotoluene in the environment are as follows:
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
    Air
Dinitrotoluene         0.05 ppm (0.015 mg/M3)      -01 TLV
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Dinitrotoluene         0.075 ppm (mg/1)      Stokinger & Woodward  Method

                                      98

-------
The quantities of dinitrotoluene wastes from explosives manufacture and
from the dinitrotoluene content of obsolete conventional munitions are
given in a later volume of this Final Report titled Waste Forms and
Quantities.  The bulk of these washes are in the form of various nitro-
cellulose based propellant compositions (ball-powder, etc.).

                5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Flow charts showing the manufacture of toluene diisocyanate from
dinitrotoluene     indicate that all  waste streams are sent to incineration.
JANAF Hazards Working Group     and the Manufacturing Chemists Association
(MCA)    recommend that the chemical  be destroyed by burning.  The open
burning recommended by JANAF will  result in liberation of NO. and is,
                                     1141
therefore, deemed unacceptable.   MCA     recommends two methods for in-
cineration.  In the first method, dry dinitrotoluene waste is poured onto
sodium bicarbonate or a sand-soda ash mixture (90-10).  The DNT and other
ingredients are mixed and placed in heavy paper cartons with a large
quantity of paper packing to serve as fuel.   The cartons are then burned
in an incinerator with an afterburner and an alkaline scrubber.  In the
second method, the waste containing dinitrotoluene is mixed with a solvent
such as alcohol or benzene (concentration not given) and the solvent
sprayed into the fire chamber of an incinerator with afterburners and an
alkaline scrubber.   Both of these methods are recommended as minimum
environmental impact disposal techniques.

                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     It is not anticipated that National Disposal Sites will be required
to handle large quantities of dinitrotoluene or waste contaminated with
dinitrotoluene.  However, it is anticipated that National Disposal Sites
will be required to handle small quantities of explosive and propellant
wastes containing dinitrotoluene which cannot be handled at conventional
disposal sites.  For this purpose, and ease of disposal, mixture of the
DNT contaminated waste with NaHCO, and solid combustibles followed by
incineration in an alkaline-scrubber equipped incinerator unit is
recommended.

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES
.1141. Manufacturing Chemists Association.   Laboratory waste  disposal  manual.
        2d ed.  Manufacturing Chemists Association,  Sept.  1969.   14 p.

1142. JANAF Hazards Working Group.  Chemical  rocket/propel 1 ant  hazards.
        v. 2.  CPIA Publication No..194.   Silver Springs,  Maryland, Chemical
        Propulsion Information Agency, May 1970.   p.  1-3.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.   2d ed.   22 v.  and
        suppl.  New York, Wiley-Interscience  Publishers, 1963-1971.
                                   100

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name    Dinltrotoluene(165)
IUC Name 2.4-Dinitrotoluene
Common Names   DNT
                                                               Structural Formula
                                                                     CH,
                                                                    O
                                                                     NO-
Molecular Wt.    182.13 _    Melting Pt.    69.5 C
Density (Condensed) 1.521 g/cc  @ 22     C   Density  (gas)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
                                                                    Boiling  Pt.    300  C
                                                                       @
Flash Point
Flammability Limits  in Air (wt %)
Explosive Limits in  Air (wt.  %)
                                   Autoignition Temp.
                                     Lower
                                     Lower
                                                             Upper_
                                                             Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water   0-02 g/100 ml  & 22 C  Hot Water_
    Others:    soluble in ather	
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                                      Ethanol  30.4 q/100 ml
Highly Reactive with  reducing substances
Compatible with_
Shipped in fiber  drums,  bottles,  cans, metal drums
ICC Classification    Explosive Class  2
                      Group  D
Comments
                                                 Coast Guard Classification
References  (1)  1142
                                              101

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                Dipentaerythritol-Hexanitrate (DPEHN) (522)
                               1. GENERAL
     Dipentaerythritol-hexanitrate (DPEHN) is a white crystalline
explosive used as an ingredient of priming compositions.  It is present
in pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN) as an impurity at a concentration
of 2 to 3 percent.  DPEHN is obtained in the pure state by fractional
crystallization from moist acetone solution from which PETN has been
precipitated.  DPEHN can also be prepared by nitration of dipentaerythritol
with nitric acid without the use of sulfuric acid.
     The physical/chemical properties of DPEHN are summarized on the
attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY
     DPEHN has low contact toxicity since it is nearly insoluble in water.
Because of its low solubility it cannot be absorbed through the skin.   It
is handled dry, not wet as is PETN, which makes inhalation of its dust
possible.  As with PETN, small quantities ingested will cause a decrease
                                                                       1147
in blood pressure and larger doses could cause dyspnea and convulsions.
The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) for DPEHN has not established, but should be
similar to that of nitroglycerin ( 2 mg/cu.m).

                            3.  OTHER HAZARDS
     DPEHN is a detonating agent that is so sensitive to heat, impact,
and friction that it undergoes detonation when subjected to very mild
thermal, mechanical or electrical shock from a flame, an electric spark,
                                                 1147
or percussion.  It explodes when heated to 255 C.

                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT
     DPEHN is stored dry in accordance with DOD regulations for a Class 9,
Group M explosive and is classified by Department of Transoortation.(DOT)
as an Explosive,  Class  A.
                              103

-------
      DPEHN will be found as a waste along with PETN in wash water from
 PETN manufacture and in acetone-water solutions from which PETN is
 precipitated after its preparation.  If DPEHN is manufactured by nitration
 of dipentaerythritol, the wash water and the acetone-water solution from
 which DPEHN is reprecipitated will contain DPEHN.  Acetone from the acetone-
 water solution is recovered by evaporation and condensation.  All DPEHN
 and PETN, if present, must be retained for destruction.  Because it is
 a high explosive, no DPEHN should be released to the environment.

     The safe disposal of DPEHN is defined in terms  of the recommended
provisional limits in the atmosnhere,  in notable water, and in marine
habitats.   These recommended provisional limits are  as follows:

Contaminant in Air      Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
      DPEHN                0.02 mg/M3*                0.01 TLV*

Contaminant in Hater and Soil    Provisional  Limit   Basis for Recommendation
            DPEHN                   0.1  mg/1         Stokinqer & Hoodward
                                                           Method
     The waste forms containing DPEHN are for the most nart surplus  and
obsolete military munitions scheduled for disnosal, and manufacturina
wastes composed of scrap explosive and explosive-contaminated "inert"
materials.  (The "inert" materials are almost always combustible
wastes—cardboard, paperboard, fiberboard, and the like).   The quanti-
ties by location of the DPEHN and of the waste forms in which it is
contained, are included in the quantities listed under the headinqs
"Initiatina Aqents and Primers" in the tables coverinq "Explosive
Manufacturina Wastes" and "Obsolete Conventional Munitions" in Volume XIV
of this report.
     *Estimated from data for similar compounds

                                      104

-------
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
     The processing options for the disposal of DPEHN are briefly
described in the following paragraphs, together with recommendations
as to adequacy.  Because of the explosive hazard, it is recommended that
only personnel qualified in handling initiating agents perform the
disposal operations.

                   Option No. 1 - Treatment with Ferrous Chloride
     DPEHN as well as PETN is rapidly decomposed in a boiling solution
of ferrous chloride.      The products of this reaction are dipentaery-
thritol and ferric chloride, which are at present being diluted,
neutralized, and discharged into streams.  The method is satisfactory
for use if the iron hydroxide and organic matter are removed via the
secondary sludge sanitary waste treatment technique.

                           Option  No.  2  - Detonation
     Detonation  is currently used as the disposal  method when packaged
DPEHN is to be destroyed.   With this method several bags of DEPHN are
carried to a remote destruction pit, placed in intimate contact with
each other and blasting caps placed between the bags to initiate the
DPEHN.   Remaining explosives must  be kept behind a barricade with overhead
protection during the destruction  operations.   Personnel must be behind
                    1174  ?17D  ???n
a similar barricade.    H'  c""'  "JU-  This process is  not satisfactory
for large quantities  of DPEHN because  NO  will  be  liberated to the
                                        y\
environment.
                   Option No. 3 - Controlled Incineration
     Methods are currently being developed for the controlled combustion
of water slurries of high explosives in rotary kiln  incinerators
equioped with afterburners or flue qas scrubbers.  DPEHN, in the form of
a 1:3 slurry in water, may be destroyed by this technique, which is recom-
mended for use in preference to Options 1 or 2 above.
                                105

-------
        Ontion No. 4 - Deactivation Furnace Incineration  .
     Small arms cartridqes containing DEPHN in the nrimer should  be
disassembled from the orojectile and deactivated by burnina  or detona-
tion in a specially designed furnace similar to the Deactivation
Furnace under development for the Chemical Aqent Munition Disnosal
System (formerly Transportable Disnosal  System) by the II. S.  Army
Material  Command.  The disassembled cartridqes would be fed  via an
automated conveyor to an exnlosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, counter-
current to an oil or' pas flame.   The rotary kiln is equioned with steel
screw flights to isolate the explosive charnes from each other.  The
explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F aas temperature;
the kiln is about  25  ft in  length,  and  the  fired  end  opposite  the
exnlosive feed end is maintained at a qas temperature of about 1,200 F.
Combustion product qas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit
pases should qo throuah an afterburner,  to complete oxidation of CO
orior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a nacked tower with
caustic soda or soda ash solution recirculated as scrubbing  medium.
Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.
The metal components of the cartridges would be recovered as scran.
                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES
     The major use of DPEHN is in priming compositions in  military  and
sporting ammunition.  Ammunition manufacturing plants  and  ammunition
storage depots have facilities for the disposal  of waste DPEHN  or wastes
contaminated with DPEHN.  DPEHN and DPEHN-contaminated wastes from  the
civilian economy which are not processed for disnosal  at such facilities
are candidate waste stream constituents for National Disposal Sites if
the specific waste can be handled and transported safely.   DPEHN wastes
other than ammunition should be transported wet, in watertight con-
tainers.  Transportation should be in a vehicle nronerly equipped for
safe transport of primary explosives and only to the nearest  satisfac-
tory disposal site.  The containers used for wet transportation must be
thoroughly washed, and the wash water used for slurrying the  waste  DPEHN
                                      106

-------
in preparation for disnosal.  The disnosal  orocess to be employed for
wastes other than ammunition should be the  controlled incineration
recommended as Option No.  3 in Section 5.   Surnlus scran or obsolete
materials containing DPEHN should only be handled by qualified advance
demolition personnel experienced in disnosal  of nrimary exnlosives.
If hazards to the demolition team and the oublic are deemed excessive,
the DPEHN should be destroyed by detonation in a cleared area.  Sporting
ammunition, if safe to transnort, should be deactivated by the techniques
of Option No. 4.

      Obsolete military  ammunition  scheduled  for disnosal  should  be
 demilitarized and disoosed of by the Armed Forces  at National  Disnosal
 Sites under the cognizance of the  Armed Forces.   The technique to be
 employed for deactivation after disassembly  of the military  ammunition
 should be that of Ootion  N.  4 above.
                                  107

-------
                               7.   REFERENCES

0474. Tomlinson, W.  R.,  Jr.,  revised  by 0. E. Sheffield.  Properties
        of explosives of military  interest.  Technical Report No. 1740,
        Rev. 1, Pictinny Arsenal,  Apr. 1958. 348 p.

1147. Department of the  Army  and Air  Force.  Military explosives,
        TM9-1910.  Washington.   Apr.  1955. 336 p.

2170. Ordnance Corp., Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety manual.
        ORDM7-224; Washington.   1951.
                                                          ?»
2230. Department of the  Air Force. Explosive safety manual.  AF Manual
        AFM127-100.   Washington.  Dec. 2, 1971.
                                     108

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name   Dipentaerythri to!-Hexani trate  (522)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 	

Common Names       DPEHN
Molecular Ut.    443*]^	    Melting Pt.    73.7 C          Boiling Pt.225 C explodes
Density (Condensed)  1.63	@  23  JC	Density (gas)	9	

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point	         Autoign1t1on Temp.	

Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper.
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water   slightly soluble      Hot Water	   Ethanol.
    Others:	

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in   bag dry in a waterproof container
ICC Classification   Explosive, Class A	  Coast  Guard ClassificationExplosive.  Class  A

Comments	,	.	
References (1)    0474
                                        109

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                         Glycol Pi nitrate (525)

                              1.   GENERAL
     Glycol dinitrate9 also known as ethylene glycol  dinitrate,  nitro-
glycol, and ethylene nitrate, is  a colorless liquid that is used in con-
junction with nitroglycerin in the manufacture of low-freezing dynamites.
The sensitivity of glycol dinitrate precludes any use other than the
manufacture of dynamite.  It is manufactured by the use of mixed acids
via the same process used to manufacture nitroglycerin (see Profile
Report on Nitroglycerin [307]).  The nitration can be carried out at a
lower temperature because the starting material, glycol, is less viscous
                                                       0474  1142  1433
than glycerol, the starting material for nitroglycerin.     '     '
     Glycol dinitrate is manufactured by nitrating    glycol in  a "mixed
acid" containing about 40 percent nitric acid, 59.5 percent sulfuric
acid and 0.5 percent water.  After nitration of the glycol is complete,
the resulting emulsion is allowed to stand in a separating tank  until  a
supernatant layer forms which contains glycol dinitrate contaminated with
nitric and sulfuric acids.    This supernatant layer is separated, washed
first with water, then with sodium carbonate solution and then further
with water until the glycol dinitrate is neutral.  Special filters  are
used to collect the glycol  dinitrate from  the waste and wash water
systems.
     The physical/chemical  properties for glycol dinitrate are summarized
in the attached worksheet.
                             2.  TOXICOLOGY
     Because of the greater volatility of glycol dinitrate, inhalation
of its vapors is more of a problem than with nitroglycerin.  Glycol
dinitrate can cause dilation of blood vessels, headaches, nausea, vomiting,
methemoglobinemia,. cyanosis, reduced blood pressure,  central nervous
system depression, coma and respiratory paralysis through inhalation,
ingestion or skin absorption.      The Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  for  glycol
                     0225
dinitrate is 0.2 ppm.

-------
                          3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Glycol dinitrate is a powerful explosive whose decomposition into
gaseous products is accompanied by the evolution of large quantities of
heat and a shock wave.  Glycol dinitrate is very sensitive to mechanical
shock or impact, undergoing detonation under a falling weight of 1  Ib at
a height of 4 cm.      Wastes containing glycol dinitrate should be
handled only by an experienced explosives and ordnance disposal  team.

                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE TREATMENT

                      Handling, Storage and Transportation

     Procedures for safe handling, storage and transportation of glycol
dinitrate are nearly identical to those for nitroglycerin and have  been
                                             1142
described by the JANAF Hazards Working Group.      Recommended procedures
for manufacturing plant layout and materials of construction, personnel
requirements, manufacturing flow description, process control and
disposition of waste are also included.
     Glycol dinitrate, because of hazards in handling, is never trans-
                                                            1433
ported as such beyond the plant in which it is manufactured.
        Disposal of Waste Glycol Dinitrate from the Manufacturing Process
     Wash waters and mixed acid nitrating solutions from the manufacturing
process for glycol dinitrate are stored until all dissolved/entrained
                                1142
glycol dinitrate has decomposed.      The spent acid is normally recovered
by elevated temperature processing techniques.

     The safe disposal of glycol dinitrate is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and
in marine habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:

-------
Contaminant in          Provisional  Limit     Basis for Recommendation
	Air	
Glycol dinitrate        0.02 mg/M3*                  0.01  TLV
Contaminant in          Provisional  Limit     Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Glycol dinitrate        0.1 mg/1*             Stokinger and Woodward Method
     The waste forms containing glycol  dinitrate are for the most part
scrap or surplus dynamite and manufacturing wastes composed of scrap
explosive and explosive-contaminated inert combustibles such as straw,
cardboard, paperboard and fiberboard.   The quantities by location of the
glycol dinitrate, and of the waste forms in which it is contained are
included in the quantities listed under the heading "High Explosives" in
the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" in Volume XIV of the
Report.

               5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE  MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Glycol dinitrate collected from spills and catch tanks, or considered
unsuitable for use (contaminated or unstable to the KI test), is disposed
of by careful burning after absorption  in sawdust, wood pulp or fullers
earth.  If glycol dinitrate is spilled  on the ground, the contaminated
ground is removed with low impact tools and is burned.  Ignition of glycol
dinitrate waste is usually accomplished by a black powder squib on the
surface.  All burning is performed in a remote area.  Although the products
of combustion contain considerable NO , pollution-free methods for glycol
                                       1142
dinitrate disposal are not in wide use.

     Alkali sulfides are useful as glycol dinitrate decontamination agents.
Sodium sulfide, water, acetone, and methanol as a mixture is used for this
purpose.  A 17.5 percent sodium sulfide solution in water is sometimes used,
with or without organic solvents.  The  glycol dinitrate is saponified and
     *
      Estimated  from data for similar compounds.
                                113

-------
reduced by this material to insensitive compounds.   This method is used with
minute quantities of glycol dinitrate since the decomposition reactions
are exothermic; with larger quantities, where the heat of reaction is not
dissipated, there is danger of explosion due to thermal shock.  The alkali
sulfide method of decomposition is usually limited to cleaning equipment.
This technique liberates sulfur compounds with a very disagreeable, pungent
                                                    1142
odor, along with vapor of the organic solvents used.      This method is
not recommended except on a very small scale.

     Investigations are being conducted to develop  better methods  for the
disposal of nitroglycerin than the open-burning techniques currently used.
These methods when developed can probably be used for the disposal of
glycol dinitrate.  Methods showing promise are bacterial attack and
controlled (scrubber-equipped) incineration, but neither of these  methods
are available for wide use at this time.  Additional research is required.
     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S. Army Materiel Command
includes a Deactivation Furnace which is particularly suited to the
disposal of small charges of high explosive (such as dynamite).  High
explosives up to about 7 Ib in weight per charge, are fed via an automated
conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an
oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights to
isolate the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end
of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft
in length, and the fired end opposite the explosive feed end is maintained
at a gas temperature of about 1,200  F. Combustion product gas exits through
a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should go through an afterburner,
to complete oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in
a packed tower with caustic soda or  soda ash solution recirculated as
scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization,
would exit to sewer.
                                    114

-------
                    6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Glycol  dinitrate is not normally a candidate waste stream constituent
for National  Disposal Sites because it is not transported as  such and
facilities for its disposal are available at the sites where  it is manu-
factured.   It is anticipated that a system to effect minimum  impact dis-
posal of small  quantities of glycol dinitrate blended with nitroglycerin
in the form of dynamite will be required at National Disposal  Sites.
Controlled incineration of safe lot sizes in the scrubber-equipped
Deactivation Furnace incinerator is the recommended process for disposal.
                                 115

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES

0225.  American Conference of Government Industrial  Hygienists.  Threshold
         limit values for 1971.  Occupational  Hazards,  p  35-40. Aug. 1971.

0474.  Tomlinson, W.R., Jr., revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.  Properties of
         explosives of military interest, Technical  Report No. 1740,
         Rev. 1, Picatinny Arsenal, Apr. 1958.  348 p.

1142.  JANAF Hazard Working Group.  Chemical  rocket  propel 1 ant hazards:
         solid rocket propellant handling,  processing,  storage and
         transportation, v.2  pt.1-3.  CPIA Publication No.  194, Silver
         Springs, Maryland. 99 p.

1433.  Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of chemical  technology.  2 ed. 22v. and
         suppl.  New York, Interscience Publishers.  1963  - 1971.
                                   116

-------
                                   HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                           WORKSHEET


  H. H.  Name    Glycol Pi nitrate (525)
                                                                Structural Formula
  IUC  Name
  Common  Names  Ethylene Glycol Dinitrate, Nitroglycol,
               t thy l ene Nitrate
                                                                  ,CH, - Ch,
  Molecular Wt.    152(1)	    Melting Pt.     -22.8 C(1)     Boiling Pt. 257 explodes*1

  Density  (Condensed) 1.489	&	20. _C	Density (gas)	     ? _^	

  Vapor  Pressure  (recommended 55 C and 20 0

  0.05  torr    @	20     C^  1.4 torr   9     60      C*1*  5.9 torr     @   80        t
  Flash  Point	Autoignition Temp.
  Flammability Limits  in Air  (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_

  Explosive Limits  in  Air  (wt. %}      Lower	    Upper_


  Solubility
     Cold Water  0-68g/100g at 20 C v" Hot Water 0.92g/1009 at 50 C

     Others:	

 Acid, Base Properties	
  Highly  Reactive with   Reducing substances

  Compatible witn
j» Shipped ir>	

 • irr "i-ec-----,,*-        not shipped'                         ,           .      not shiooedx '
j ICC --less-.  :cat-;n	[_	Coast Guard Lla3s:ficacisn	

  Comments	:	
  References  [})   0474
                                              117

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT
                        Smokeless Gunpowder (541)

                               1.  GENERAL

     The term "smokeless gunpowder" is used to describe a variety of
propellant (low explosive) compositions generally used in projectile
weapon service.  The two broad types into which these compositions fall
are single base propellant and double base propellant.

     All current smokeless gunpowder compositions employ nitrocellulose  as
the major component.  As indicated by its name, single base propellant
contains nitrocellulose, and a relatively small amount of additives,
plasticizers, and modifying agents.  Double base propellant, as currently
manufactured, is composed principally of nitrocellulose and nitroglycerin,
with relatively small amounts of additives, plasticizers and modifying
agents.  Occasionally, other explosives have been used in addition to
nitroglycerin.  Two characteristic smokeless gunpowder products and the
processes used to manufacture them are described below.

     Single base, solvent extruded propellent is colloided nitrocellulose
containing about 1 percent of diphenylamine to improve its storage life  and
a small amount of plasticizer (e.g., dibutyl phthalate).  Modifying agents
such as dinitrotoluene and certain inorganic salts are sometimes added in
order to reduce the flash of the gun in which the powder is used and to  minimize
the hygroscopicity of the powder.  The colloiding is usually accomplished
by pumping ethyl alcohol through the wet nitrocellulose in a hydraulic
press to remove the water (this makes a drying process unnecessary), adding
ether,  and macerating in a dough mixer.  This combination of alcohol and
ether reduces the nitrocellulose to a pulpy mass that may be extruded into
rope or cut to a definite length to give powder grains.  The solvent is
removed from the grains by heating in vats under water, and the small
                                                   1147
amount of water remaining is removed by air drying.
                                119

-------
     Ball powder is manufactured by a process whose first step is to charge
nitrocellulose-in-water slurry into a still, where the NC is dissolved
in ethyl acetate, stabilized with diphenylamine and neutralized with
chalk.  Nitroglycerin is added as a solute in the ethyl acetate fed to the
still, when double base ball powder is to be produced.

     The dissolved NC is dispersed into small spheres or balls by stirring
under controlled conditions, adding a protective colloid (generally, animal ,
glue) to prevent coalescence of the spheres.  The solvent is boiled off and
recovered, and the balls are screened into several size fractions and coated
with a deterrent (such as dinitrotoluene) to control burning rate.  Ball
powder thus manufactured has been used interchangeably with conventional
powder for loading small arms ammunition, both sporting and military, up
to and including shells for 37 mm aircraft cannon.  As noted in a TRW
trip report (see Appendix D, Third Monthly Report) a mid-western location
where ball powder had formerly been processed contained about  ten million
Ib of finely divided ball powder wastes in process water discharge
sloughs and plant sewers.

      The physical/chemical  properties for smokeless  gunpowder are not
 summarized on a worksheet since  smokeless gunpowder does not  have a
 definite composition.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

      The toxicology of each smokeless gunpowder composition is  the sum of
 the toxicologies of the individual  components.   Refer to the Profile
 Reports on Nitrocellulose (534), Nitroglycerin (307), and Dinitro-
 toluene (165).

                             3.   OTHER HAZARDS

      Smokeless oowder is an explosive material  which is principally a  fire
 hazard.  Its  hygroscopicity requires that it be packaged in waterproof
 airtight containers.  Smokeless  powder was formerly packaged for storage
                                    120

-------
in copper-lined wooden boxes, which held as much as 150 Ib and were air-
pressure tested for resistance to leakage before use.
                                                     o
     Standard containers for smokeless powder are now made of stainless
steel with a rubber-gasketed closure.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The management of waste from smokeless powder is not much different
than that for nitrocellulose.  Smokeless gun powder, because of the
stabilizer additives employed in its formulation, has an extremely slow
degradation rate.  For this  reason, smokeless gun powder wastes remain
explosive and fire hazards for prolonged periods of time.  Smokeless
powder  fines which have been discharged in plant sewer outfalls, in addition
to their flammable and explosive hazard potential, can be sources of
atmospheric pollution through the evolution of NOV if anaerobic fermentations
                                                 A
take place in the receiving  water course stream beds.  Open burning of
recovered smokeless powder fines produces large quantities of NOX.

     Proper waste management practices must eliminate the safety hazards
and the environmental hazards cited above.

     Smokeless powder is stored under DOD regulations for Explosives, Class
2 or Class 2A and is shipped under Department of Transportation (DOT)
regulations for Explosives, Class B.   The waste forms containing smokeless
powder are for the most part surplus  and obsolete military munitions
scheduled for disposal,  and manufacturing wastes composed of scrap explosive
and explosive-contaminated "inert" materials.   (The "inert"  materials are
almost always combustible wastes --cardboard,  paperboard, fiberboard, and
the like).   The quantities and  locations  of the  smokeless powder and of the
waste forms in which it is contained, are included in the quantities listed
under the headings "Propel 1 ant,  Nitrocellulose Base"  in the  tables covering
"Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" and  "Obsolete Conventional  Munitions" in
Volume XIV titled Waste Forms and Quantities.
                                 121

-------
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
                   *
     Smokeless powder is disposed of by the same processes as nitrocellulose
(see Profile Report on Nitrocellulose [534]).

                 6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Smokeless gunpowder is used to a major extent in loading small  arms
ammunition, both sporting and military, up to and including 37 mm.   As
indicated in Section 1 large quantities of ball powder waste (millions of
pounds), both with and without dinitrotoluene added, have been found at
one plant which indicates there is a probability that large quantities
of smokeless gunpowder wastes require treatment.  Open burning which
liberates large quantities of NO  cannot be considered a satisfactory
                                /\
process for disposal of smokeless gunpowder.  When the processes for
controlled incineration, discussed in the Profile Report on Nitrocellulose
(534), are adequately developed, one of these methods should be used at
National Disposal Sites for destroying smokeless powder wastes from
manufacturing operations.  Surplus and aged smokeless gunpowder can be
reprocessed for recovery.  If this, is impossible or undesirable, smoke-
less gunpowder is a candidate for disposal at National Disposal Sites
if the specific waste can be handled and transported safely.  Smokeless
gunpowder wastes other than obsolete munitions should be transported
under water, in a vehicle properly equipped for safe transport of high
explosives, and only to the nearest satisfactory disposal site.  Surplus
scrap or obsolete smokeless gunpowder should be handled by qualified
ordnance demolition personnel experienced in the disposal of explosives.
If hazards to the disposal team and public, due to handling and
transportation to the nearest National Disposal Site, are deemed excessive
by the demolition team, the material should be disposed of by burning
in a cleared area.  Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal
should be demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National
Disposal Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The techniques
to be employed should be those indicated as acceptable controlled
incineration procedures for demilitarization.

-------
                            7.  REFERENCES


1147.   Department of the Arny and the Air Force.   Military  explosives,
         Tm9-1910, Apr. 1955, Washington. 336 p.
                                123

-------
                            PROFILE  REPORT
                                  •
                           Lead Azide  (529)

                              1.   GENERAL

     Lead azide is an important primary explosive.   It exists  in  two
allotropic forms:   the alpha-form is orthorthombic,  the beta-form is
monoclinic.  The crystal!ographically stable modification  is the
alpha-form.  It is prepared by rapidly stirring a solution of  lead
acetate or lead nitrate and adding sodium azide.  The  beta-form is
prepared by slow diffusion of sodium azide and lead  nitrate solutions.
This form has a tendency to revert to the alpha-form,  either on
standing at elevated temperature (ca 160 C), or when crystals  of  the
beta-form are kept in water containing crystals of the alpha-form.

     Lead azide, like hydrazoic acid, (Profile Report, Hydrazoic  Acid,
[528]) is liable to undergo oxidation and reduction reactions.  It is
partially decomposed by atmospheric oxygen to form free hydrazoic acid,
nitrogen, and ammonia.  The reaction is promoted by  carbon dioxide  in
the air.  When boiled in water, lead azide undergoes slow  decomposition
with the evolution of hydrazoic acid.   Lead azide is completely
decomposed by the action of dilute nitric or acetic  acid in which sodium
nitrate has been dissolved, and the products are soluble.

     Lead azide detonates easily, with a high rate of  propagation
which is 4,500 m/sec at a density of 3.8 and 5,300 m/sec at a
density of 4.6.  The disadvantage of lead azide is the difficulty in
igniting it with a flame.  For this reason, when used  as a primary
explosive, it is usually mixed with lead styphnate,  a  substance
particularly easy to ignite, or a charge of lead azide in  a detonator
is covered with a layer of lead styphnate.  Lead azide passes  very
rapidly from burning to detonation.  When used in very small amounts,
it is therefore capable of initiating detonation in  other  explosives.
It is suitable for use in detonators though it cannot  be used  in
,.ane 0474,1147,2169,2171
Caps »
                               125

-------
     For military use in the United States only one  grade  of lead  azide
is manufactured, dextrinated lead azide.   The dextrinated  material
(91.5% lead azide, min.) is manufactured  by precipitating  lead  azide
from a solution containing dextrin.  The  dextrin acts  as a binding
agent for the particles precipitated.  All of the mother liquid and
wash waters are collected in a vat and treated as described in
Section 5.9474'2171

     The physical/chemical properties of lead azide  are summarized
in the attached worksheet.

                            2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Lead azide because of its low solubility, has moderate contact
toxicity, but is highly toxic when ingested or inhaled, due to  the ease
with which it hydrolyzes.  A Threshold Limit Value (TLV) for an 8-hr
working day of 40-hr week has not been established by  the  American
Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists, but  a  recommended
maximum level for lead azide in air to be breathed is  0.2  mg/m3.1147
This value seems to be consistent with the TLV value for lead of 0.2  mg/m?
      Lead azide, when entering the human system through inhalation or
ingestion, can produce  both lead and azide intoxication (see Profile
Reports on Hydrazoic Acid [528], and Lead, [233])P766

                         3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Lead azide  is a primary explosive and detonating agent that is so
sensitive to electrical discharge heat, impact, and friction that it
undergoes detonation when subjected to very mild thermal, mechanical
or electrical shock by flame percussion or electrical discharge.  Old
or contaminated  lead azide presents an extreme hazard and must be handled
with the greatest of care.  Dextrinated lead azide, the standard military
form,  is less sensitive to impact than mercury fulminate, lead styphnate,
diazodinitrophenol , tetrazene, or pure crystalline lead azide.
                                  126

-------
     Because of the extreme sensitivity, and the high degree of explosive
 hazard, wastes containing lead azide should be handled only by an
 experienced explosives and ordnance disposal team.  Normal procedures
 are  to handle lead azide as a slurry in water, to minimize hazard.

     Spontaneous explosions of lead azide take place during crystallization.
 Before attempting crystallization of lead azide, the details in the various
 references given throughout the report should be consulted.  Applying
 pressure, friction, heat, flame, or electric discharge to crystals must
 be avoided to prevent explosions.  Long contact with copper or
 copper-containing alloys must be avoided because a reaction takes place
 that produces copper azide, a substance more sensitive to explosion
 than lead azide.  As with hydrazoic acid, lead azide is decomposed by
 ultraviolet light.0474

             4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Dry lead azide does not react with or corrode, steel, iron, nickel,
 aluminum, lead, zinc, copper, tin, or cadmium.  It does not affect
 coatings of acidproof paint.  Lead azide in the presence of moisture
 corrodes zinc and copper.  With copper, it forms the extremely
 sensitive and dangerous copper azide.  For this reason lead azide is
 not  loaded in direct contact with uncoated copper or its alloys;
                                                0474 1147
 aluminum is generally used for detonator shells.

     Lead azide (dextrinated only)  is shipped  wet with  water under Depart-
ment of Transportation (DOT)  regulations for Explosive, Class  A.   It is
covered by Army regulations  for an  explosive with a  sensitivity  for Class 9,
Group M.0474»°766  A serious explosion hazard  exists when dust particles
settle out over a long time.   Lead  azides  low  solubility in water (0.02g/
lOOg) reduces the possibility of discharging it in an aqueous  solution.
Suspended lead azide must be filtered out  to avoid an explosion  hazard.
After destruction of lead azide by  nitrous acid the  effluents  must contain
less  than 45 ppm of nitrate  or nitrite.
                           127

-------
     The safe disposal of lead azide is defined in terms of the recommended
provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine habi-
tats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
     Air	
Lead azide             0.0015 mg/M3 as Pb            0.01 TLV
Contaminant in         Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation
Hater and Soil
Lead azide             0.05 mg/1 as Pb         Drinking Water Standard

     The waste forms containing lead azide are for the most part the
primer, detonator and   fuze  components of surplus and obsolete military
munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing wastes composed of
scrap explosive and explosive contaminated "inert" materials.  (The
"inert" materials are almost always combustible wastes - cardboard, paper-
board, fiberboard, and the like).  The quantities by location of the lead
azide and of the waste forms in which it is contained, are included in the
quantities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents and Primers" in
the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" and "Obsolete
Conventional Munitions"  in Volume XIV,  titled  "Waste  Forms and Quantities".

                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      The processing options  for the disposal  of lead azide are briefly
 described in the following paragraphs together with recommendations  as
 to adequacy.  Detailed discussions of the processing operations  are
 presented in the referenced lead azide disposal  reports.   Because of
 the explosive hazard, it is  recommended that  companies or engineers
 starting lead azide disposal operations visit an existing disposal  unit
 operation to acquaint the responsible engineer with the operation prior
 to start-up of the proposed disposal processes.
                                     128

-------
                     Opti on No.  1'>'Detonation

     Detonation is the method currently employed when large to medium
quantities of initiating explosives such as lead azide are to be destroyed.
Bags containing small quantities of lead azide are kept wet while being
transported to the demolition area.  Several  bags are removed from a
container, carried to the destruction pit, and placed in intimate contact
with each other.  Blasting caps  are placed between the bags to initiate
the lead azide.  The blasting caps are initiated by electrical current,
with the operator at a safe distance, behind a barricade with overhead
protection.  Remaining explosives are kept behind a barricade with
overhead protection during the destruction operations and located at a
distance that assures safety.1147'2168'2170  The destruction pit by
necessity must be in a remote location that should assure limited hazard
to the public from contamination of the atmosphere by lead.  The destruction
pit must be in alkaline soil or soil  treated with lime to avoid leaching
of lead into drainage water.  This technique is viewed as unsatisfactory,
unless hazards to demolition team personnel and the public,due to transportation
and handling for disposal  via Option No. 4 and Option No. 6,outweigh the
ecological impact of lead released to the atmosphere by the detonation
technique.

              Option 2 - Treatment with Sodium Hydroxide

     Lead azide may be destroyed chemically by mixing it with at least
five times its weight of a 10 percent sodium hydroxide solution.  The
mixture is allowed to stand 16 hours and the supernatant solution
containing sodium azide is decanted.  The sodium azide solution is
disposed of by draining into the ground.    '      The lead is
precipitated and can be recovered  (see Profile Report on Lead [233]).
This method is extensively used for waste streams from lead azide
manufacture.  This procedure is not recommended unless the effluent
is treated by either of the two disposal techniques listed as acceptable
in the Profile Report on sodium azide (378).
                                129

-------
                   Option No. 3 - Bichromate Treatment

     Lead azide may be converted to potassium azide by reacting the
explo.sive with a 10 percent solution of potassium bichromate until  no
                                   0474 1147
more lead chromate is precipitated.     ,      This method is not
satisfactory for other than laboratory use with very small  (milligram)
quantities of lead azide,

                Option No. 4 - Treatment with Nitrite

     Lead azide wetted with 500 times its weight of water may be destroyed
by adding to the lead azide 12 times its weight of 25 percent sodium $
nitrite, stirring, and then adding 14 times its weight of 36 percent nitric
acid or glacial acetic acid.  Aliquots of this solution are tested  for
complete azide destruction by testing with a ferric chloride solution;
a red color indicates the presence of azide.    '      After complete
destruction of the azide, the pH should be adjusted to 6.0 to 9.0 and the
solution diluted to a nitrite and nitrate concentration of less than 45
ppm, the typical maximum allowable concentration in an effluent being dis-
charged to a storm sewer, lake, or stream.      Lead will  be precipitated
when the reaction solution is neutralized to the pH shown above. This  is
a satisfactory method that permits recovery of the lead, if the NO   vapors
                                                                 /\
liberated are destroyed by controlled incineration, or removed by
scrubbing.

          Option No. 5 - Treatment with Ceric Ammonium Nitrate

     Lead azide may be decomposed by reaction with 50 times its weight
of 15 percent eerie ammonium nitrate.  The azide is oxidized to form
nitrogen      and the lead is subsequently precipitated as lead sulfate.
This method though satisfactory, requires the use of a more expensive
chemical than is used in the other processes described.
                                     130

-------
                 Option No. 6 - Electrolytic Destruction

      Because about 300,000 Ib of special purpose lead azlde are stored in
 the United States, the Burlington AEC plant has developed in the
 laboratory a new electrolytic process.  This process converts the lead
 azide to metallic lead and nitrogen.  The lead azide is placed into
 solution by treatment with sodium hydraxide in an electrolytic cell with
 a lead cathode and a stainless steel anode.  This method is recommended
 as most satisfactory of the options  reviewed.

      The reactions at the cathode and anode are as follows:

       Cathode
                   ++
                                °
       Anode
                 Pb   + 2e'  + Pb
                 4H20 + 4e'  -> 2H2 + 40H
                 2N3" +3N2 + 2e~
                 2H20 •*  02 + 4H+ + 4e'
            Option No. 7 - Detonator Destfuction/Deaetivation
                          Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitari-
zation of primers and detonators containing lead azide is by burning or
detonation in a specially designed detonation furnace.  Small arms cart-
ridges disassembled from the projectile components can be demilitarized
in a similar fashion.  The explosive-containing components are fed to the
combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and a special conveying
device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with an afterburner to
abate NO , and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic
        /\
dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating scrubbing solution
should be treated to prevent discharge of lead and copper as pollutants,
as detailed under the Profile Reports for lead and copper compounds.
                             131

-------
     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal  System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S.  Army Materiel  Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited  to the
disposal of detonators and primers containing lead azide.   Intact detonators
and primers, produced by disassembly of scrap munitions, are  fed via an
automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel  rotary kiln, counter-
current to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped  with steel
screw flights to isolate the explsoive charges  from each other.  The
explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the
kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite the explosive
feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion
product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should
go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO prior  to the
cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic  soda or soda
ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.   Bleed-off alkaline
solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.  The metallic
components are recovered as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The major use of lead azide is as an initiating agent in military
and sporting ammunition, and in detonators.  Ammunition manufacturing
plants and ammunition storage depots have facilities for disposal of
lead azide discharged in waste streams, as scrap or as excess material.

     Lead azide, and lead azide contaminated wastes from the  civilian
economy which are not processed for disposal at such facilities are
candidate waste stream constituents for disposal at National  Disposal
Sites if the specific waste can be handled and transported safely.
Contaminated waste or scrap azide other than military munitions and
sporting ammunition should be transported wet,  in a vehicle properly
equipped for the safe transport of primary explosives, and only to the
nearest satisfactory disposal site.  The disposal process to  be employed
for civilian wastes other than sporting ammunition, if the material is
safe for use of the technique,should be Option  No.6 - electrolytic
                                      132

-------
destruction.  Sporting ammunition should be disassembled  and  deactivated
in a special furnace, as per Option No.  7 above.   Surplus,  scrap,  or
obsolete lead azide and lead azide  contaminated  materials  should  only be
handled by qualified ordnance demolition personnel  experienced  in  disposal
of lead azide.  In the event that hazards to the  disposal team  and the
public, due to handling and transport to the nearest disposal site, are
deemed excessive or if the material is suspected  in any way of  contami-
nation with copper azide, the waste should be disposed of by  detonation in
a cleared area.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should  be
demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal
Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique  to  be
employed for destruction of cartridge primers and detonators  containing
lead azide obtained by disassembly of the military ordnance devices
should be that of Option No. 7 above.
                                 133

-------
                            7.   REFERENCES


0225.  American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists.  Threshold
         for 1971.   Occupational Hazards, Aug.  1971.  p. 35-40.

0474.  Tomlinson, W.R., Jr., revised by O.E.  Sheffield.  Properties of
         explosives of military interest, Technical Report No.  1740,
         Rev. 1, Picatinny Arsenal, Apr.  1958.   348 p.

0536.  Water quality criteria.   Report of the National Technical Advisory
         Committee to the Secretary of the  Interior,  Washington, Federal'
         Water Pollution Control Administration, Apr.  1, 1968.  234 p.

0766.  Sax, N.I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials. 3d ed.
         New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968.  1, 251 p.

1147.  Department of the Army and the Air Force.  Military explosives.
         TM9-1910, Washington,  Apr. 1955.  336  p.

1699.  Engel, R.E., D.I. Hammer, J.M. Horton, N. Lane, and L.A. Plummlee.
         Environmental lead and public health.   Report prepared by
         Environmental Protection Agency, Air Pollution Control Office,
         Publication No. AP-90. Research Triangle Park, 1971. 34 p.

2168.  Department of Defense.  Ammunition explosives  dangerous  material
         safety manual for use in procurement and administration of
         controls, Washington, Mar. 1967.  (Draft only).

2169.  Fedoroff, B.T.  Encyclopedia of explosives and related items,  v.  1.
         Dover, Picatinny Arsenal, 1960. 692 p.

2170.  Ordnance Corp, Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety  manual, ORDM7-224,
         Washington, 1951. p.

2171.  Urbanski, Todeusz.  Chemistry and technology of explosives VIII,
         Warszawa, Polish Scientific Publishers, 1967.  Translated by
         Jurecki, Marian, New York, Pergamon Press.   714 p.
                                    134

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name    Lead Azlde (529)
IUC Name      Lead Azlde
Conmon Names
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                                Pb(N,)
                                                                     3'2
Molecular Wt.     291	        Melting  Pt.   320  C explode    Boiling Pt..
Density (Condensed) 4.38 g/ml(1)7*25   C*1)  Density (gas)	0	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
Flash Point
               	        Autoignitlon Terap._
Flammabllity Limits 1n A1r (wt %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits  in Air (wt.  X)     Lower	
                                                            Upper.
                                                            Upper_
Solubility.                         (
    Cold Water   0.02g/lOOg at 18 C    Hot Hater  0.09g/100g at  70 C   Ethanol  insoluble
    Others:
                    - Insoluble
Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with   sodium hydroxide*  '
Compatible with   steel,  nickel,  aluminum,  lead
                                                (1)
Shipped 1n_
ICC Classification   Explosive A
             *
                                 IU
                                                Coast Guard Classification Explosive A
                                                                                      (1)
              Dextrinated  form
References (1)    1416
                                            135

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT
                 Lead 2,4-Dinitroresorcinate (LDNR)  (530)


                               1.    GENERAL

     Lead 2,4-dim'troresorcinate  is a less  powerful  explosive  and  a  less
efficient initiator than lead styphnate.   It is  unusually  sensitive  to
friction or stab action without being unduly sensitive to  impact;  therefore,
it is suitable for use as a priming material.   It is prepared  by treating
lead nitrate in hot aqueous solution with a boiling  solution of
dinitroresorcinol to which a stoichiometric quantity of sodium carbonate
has been added.  After cooling, the precipitated lead dinitroresorcinate is
washed with water, alcohol, and ether before being dried.

     LDNR has the same order of sensitivity to impact as dextrinated lead
azide, but it is much less sensitive to thermal  shock.  When  lead
dinitroresorcinate is exposed to, a flame, it deflagrates,  but  does not
explode with the violence of lead styphnate.

     The relative difficulty involved in its manufacture and  the difficulty
in controlling the crystals to a  small size for  safe handling  has  limited
the use of lead dinitroresorcinate.  It has been used in only  special designs
                                         0474 1433
of ammunition and in electric detonators.    '

     The physical/chemical properties for 2,4-lead dinitroresorcinate are
summarized on the attached worksheet.

                             2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Lead 2,4-dim'troresorcinate  is insoluble in water and organic solvents
and has a very low vapor pressure which lessens  the  possibility  of its  being
absorbed through the skin or by vapor inhalation.  Inhalation  of the dust  or
                                   137

-------
 ingestion of LDNR should be avoided because of the possibility of lead
 poisoning (see Profile Report on Lead, [233]) and adverse reaction to
 the nitro groups.  Exposure limits have not been established for lead
 2-4-dinitroresorcinate.0225'0776
                           3.    OTHER HAZARDS

     Lead dinitroresorcinate is a primary explosive and  detonating agent
that is so sensitive to electrical  discharge, impact,  and  friction that it
undergoes detonation when subjected to very mild mechanical  or electrical
shock by percussion or electrical discharge.  Because  of their extreme
sensitivity,  and the high degree of explosive hazard,  wastes containing
lead dinitroresorcinate should be handled only by an experienced explosives
and ordnance disposal  team.   Normal procedures are to  handle lead
dinitroresorcinate as a slurry in water to minimize hazards.

   V?              4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE  MANAGEMENT

     The sensitivity of 2,4-dinitroresorcinate to shock  and friction,  as
with most initiating agents, requires that all scrap and waste from
preparation and purification be maintained wet for destruction.  Lead, 2-4-
dinitroresorcinate is packaged wet for storage and shipment.  Packaging is
accomplished by placing approximately 25 Ib, wet with 20 percent water
or a 50:50 water-alcohol mixture for low temperature storage, in a duck-or
rubberized-cloth bag covered with a cap of the same material.  The bag is
then tied securely.  Not more than six such bags are placed in a large bag
of the same material.  The large bag is tied and placed  in the center  of  a
watertight metal or wooden barrel, drum, or keg lined  with a heavy close-fitting
jute bag.  The large bag containing lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate is surrounded
with well-packed sawdust that has been saturated with water or water-ethanol
mixture.  The bag forming a liner is sewn closed before  closing the barrel,
drum,  or keg.   Not  more  than  150 Ib  of  initiating  explosive  is  permitted
in a single container.  It is shipped wet under  the Department of Transpor-
tation  (DOT) regulations for an  Explosive,  Class A.
                                      138

-------
     Because lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate is a sensitive high explosive,
it is recommended that no lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate be released to the
environment.  The safe disposal of lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate is defined
in terms of the recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in
potable water, and in marine habitats.  These recommended provisional
limits are as follows:
Contaminant in          Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
     Air
Lead 2,4-dinitro-       0.0015 mg/M3 as Pb           0.01 TLV for Pb
resorcinate
Contaminant in          Provisional Limit     Basis for Recommendation
Water and Soil
Lead, 2,4-dinitro-      0.05 mg/1 as Pb        Drinking Water Standard
resorcinate
The geographic distribution of lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate wastes are
included under the headings "Initiating Agents and Primers" in Volume XIV,
titled "Waste Forms and Quantities".

               5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                        Option No.l  - Detonation

     Lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate is  usually disposed of by detonation.
Wet bags in the transporting container (described in Section 4)  are
transported to the disposal area.  Then several bags are removed from the
transporting container, carried to the destruction pit, placed in intimate
contact with each other, and blasting caps are placed between the bags  to
initiate the lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate.  Remaining explosives  must be
kept behind a barricade with overhead protection during the destruction
operations and located at a distance that assures safety.   Personnel must
be behind a similar barricade.    '       The destruction pit by  necessity
must be in a remote location that should be located in alkaline  soil or soil
treated with lime in order to avoid contamination of ground water or streams
with lead.  Lead and NOx will be liberated to the environment.   This
technique is not regarded as satisfactory unless hazards to the  disposal
team and the public from disposal via Option 2 outweigh the ecological
impact.
                                  139

-------
                  Option No.  2 - Controlled Combustion

     The most promising technique under development for disposal  of lead
dinitroresorcinate and other high explosives is the controlled combustion
process, which employs a rotary kiln incinerator equipped with appropriate
scrubbing devices.  The lead dinitroresorcinate is fed to the incinerator
as a slurry in water, at a weight ratio, explosive to water, of 1:3.  The
scrubber effluent then requires treatment for recovery of the particulate
lead oxide formed as a combustion product.  This process is recommended
for the disposal of lead dinitroresorcinate.

    Option No.3 - Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitari-
zation of detonators containing lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate is by burning
or detonation in a specially designed  detonation furnace.  Small arms
cartridges disassembled from the projected components can be demilitarized
in a similar fashion.  The explosive-containing components are fed to the
combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and a special conveying
device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with an afterburner to
abate NO , and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic
        J\
dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating scrubbing solution
should be treated to prevent discharge of lead and copper as pollutants,
as detailed under the Profile Reports for lead and copper compounds.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S. Army Materiel Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the
disposal of electric detonators containing lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate.
Intact detonators produced by disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via
an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, counter-
current to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel
screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from each other.  The
explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the
kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite the explosive
                                     140

-------
feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion
product gas exits through a cyclone.   In practice, the exit gases should
go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO prior to the
cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda
ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline
solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.  The metallic
components are recovered as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Lead dinitroresorcinate is used to a limited extent in special designs
of ammunition as a primary explosive and in electric detonators.  Military
ammunition manufacturing plants and ammunition storage depots have facili-
ties for disposal of lead dinitroresorcinate discharged in waste streams as
scrap, or as a contaminant of other wastes.

     Those wastes from the civilian economy that are not processed for
disposal at such facilities are candidates for National Disposal Sites
if the specific waste can be handled and transported safely.  Wastes
other than ammunition and electric detonators should be transported wet
in a vehicle specially equipped for safe transport of primary explosives
and only to the nearest disposal site.  The disposal process to be employed
at National Disposal Sites for wastes other than ammunition and electric
detonators should be that cited as Option 2 in Section 5.  Lead dinitro-
resorcinate and wastes contaminated with lead dinitroresorcinate should be
handled only by a qualified ordnance demolition team experienced in
handling lead dinitroresorcinate.  If hazards to the team and the public
from transportation and handling are deemed excessive by the demolition
team, the waste should be disposed of by detonation in a cleared area.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be
demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal
Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be
employed for destruction of cartridge primers and detonators containing
lead 2,4-dinitroresorcinate obtained by disassembly of the military
ordnance devices, should be that of Option 3 above.
                                 141

-------
                             7.  REFERENCES


0225. American Conference of Government Industrial  Hygienist.  Threshold
        limit values for 1971.   Occupational  Hazards,  p.  35-40. Aug. 1971

0474. Tomlinson, W. R. Jr., revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.   Properties of
        explosives of military interest.   Technical  Report  No. 1740,
        Rev. 1, Picatinny Arsenal.  Apr. 1958.   348  p.

0766. Sax, N. I. Dangerous properties of industrial  materials. 3d ed., New
        York, Reinhold Publishing Corp. 1968.   1,251 p.

1147. Department of the Army and the Air Force.   Military explosives.
        TM-9-1910, Washington.   Apr. 1955. 336 p.

2170. Ordnance Corps, Department of the Army.   Ordnance  safety manual.
        ORDM-7-224, Washington.  1951
                                    142

-------
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
H. H. Name Lead 2,4-dlnltroresorclnate (530)
structur

Conmon Names \ y —
L *®2
al Formula
-i
t" »
0 2-
Molecular Wt. Melting Pt. 265 C explodes*1) Boiling Pt.
Density (Condensed) 3.2 g/cc ' 25 C (1) Density (gas) 9
Vapor Pressure (rscomransied 5£ C -.r.d 20 Q)

-------
                            PROFILE REPORT

            Lead Styphnate  (Lead  Trim'troresorcinate)  (531)

                              1.    GENERAL

     Lead styphnate or lead 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinate  is used as an
initiating agent in military ammunition.   It  is  slightly less sensitive to
impact than mercury fulminate  or  diazodinitrophenol, but is more sensitive
than lead azide.  It has  an explosion  temperature  test value of 282 C which
is less than that for lead  azide  (345  C)  but  much  greater  than those for
mercury fulminate (210 C) and  diazodinitrophenol  (180  C).   It is much more
easily ignited by an electrical spark  than  is mercury  fulminate, lead
azide, or diazodinitrophenol.   In spite  of the fact  that lead styphnate
has a high rate of detonation, it is a relatively  poor initiator of
detonation.  However, the ease of ignition  of lead styphnate renders it
suitable for use as an igniting charge for lead  azide  and  as an ingredient
of priming compositions.   It is used extensively in  the United States as
an igniting charge for lead azide.1147'  1433' 2171

     The physical/chemical  properties  of lead styphnate are summarized  in
the attached  worksheet.

                               2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Lead styphnate does not have a sufficient vapor pressure  to permit
an appreciable concentration in air except as a dust.   The toxic effects
produced combine those of lead and the nitrocompounds. Organic  lead  com-
pounds may be absorbed through the skin  as well  as through the  lungs  and
are selectively absorbed by the central  nervous system. Because of this*
and the toxicity of lead (discussed in the Profile Report  on Lead [233]),
skin contact and areas laden with lead styphnate dust should be  avoided.
The amount of a lead compound  in  the work area should not  exceed  0.15 mg
of a lead compound per cubic meter for an 8-hr working day of  a  40-hr
week Threshold Limit Value (TLV).0225
                                 145

-------
                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Lead styphnate is a detonating agent that is  so sensitive to heat,
impact, electrical discharge, and friction that it undergoes  detonation
when subjected to very mild thermal, electrical or mechanical shock by a
flame, an electrical spark, or percussion.  Because of the  low solubility
of lead styphnate, water may be used as a wetting  agent to  protect the
lead styphnate from accidental explosion.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

      The sensitivity of lead styphnate to shock and friction requires that
 it be packaged wet, with water as the wetting agent.   If it  is  stored or
 shipped under low temperature conditions, a wetting agent  consisting of
 equal weights of ethanol and water is used.  Approximately 25 Ib  of lead
 styphnate wetted with not less than 20 percent of liquid is  placed for
 storage or shipment in a duck-cloth-or rubberized-cloth bag  and covered
 with a cap of the same material.  The bag is tied and placed in a metal
 or wooden barrel, drum or keg containing sawdust  saturated with water or
 ethanol-water mixture.  Not more than 150 Ib of lead styphanate is per-
 mitted in a single container.  Lead styphnate is  classified  by  the Depart-
 ment of Transportation  (DOT) as an  Explosive, Class A and  classified by
 the army as a Class 9,  Group M (wet) explosive.      The safe disposal of
 lead styphnate  is defined in terms  of the recommended provisional  limits
 in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine habitats. These  recom-
 mended provisional limits are as follows:

                                                            Basis  for
  Contaminant  in  Air          Provisional Limit           Recommendation
 Lead styphnate               0.0015  mg/M3 as Pb             0.01 TLV

  Contaminant  in                                            Basis  for
  Water and Soil              Provisional Limit           Recommendation
 Lead styphnate               0.05 mg/1 as Pb               Drinking Water
                                                           Standard
                                     146

-------
     The waste forms containing lead styphnate are for the  most  part sur-
plus and obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal,  and manufac-
turing wastes composed of scrap explosive and explosive contaminated "inert"
materials.  (The "inert" materials are almost always  combustible wastes  -
cardboard, paperboard, fiberboard, and the like).   The quantities  by loca-
tion of lead styphnate wastes  and the waste forms  in  which  it is contained,
are included in the quantities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents
and Primers" in the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing  Wastes" and
"Obsolete Conventional Munitions"  in  Volume  XIV,  titled "Waste  Forms and
Quantities".
                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

    The processing  options for the  disposal  of lead styphnate are briefly
described in  the  following paragraphs together with recommendations as to
adequacy.   Detailed discussions of  the processing options are presented in
the referenced  lead styphnate disposal reports.   It is recommended, because
of  the explosive  hazard,  a disposal  unit operation be visited to acquaint
the responsible engineer with the operation  before disposal operations are
attempted.

                       Option No.  1  - Detonation

    When  large  to medium quantities  of initiating explosives such as lead
styphnate are to  be destroyed, detonation  is the method most often used.
Bags  containing small quantities of lead styphnate must be kept wet while
being transported to  the  demolition  area.  Several bags are removed from a
container,  carried  to the destruction pit, placed in intimate contact  with
each  other, and blasting  caps are placed between the bags to initiate  the
lead  styphnate.   Remaining lead styphnate must be kept behind a barricade
with  overhead protection  during the  destruction operation and located  at
a distance  that assures safety.1147'2168'2170  The destruction pit by
necessity must be in  a remote location that  should assure limited hazard
to the public due to  contamination  of the environment by lead.  The
                              147

-------
destruction pit must be in alkaline soil or soil  treated with  lime  to avoid
leaching of lead into drainage water.  This technique is not regarded as
satisfactory unless hazards to the disposal team and the public from
satisfactory disposal via Option 3 or Option 5 outweigh  the ecological
impact.

             Option No. 2 - Treatment with Sodium Dichromate

     Small quantities of lead styphnate left on manufacturing equipment or
in filter or wash solution are usually decomposed chemically.   Lead
styphnate is decomposed by first reacting it with at least 40 times its
weight of a 20 percent sodium hydroxide solution or 100 times  its weight
of a 20 percent ammonium acetate solution.  Then a 10 percent solution of
sodium dichromate is added until the weight of sodium dichromate equals
                              0474  1147
the  weight of lead styphnate.    '       The lead is thereby converted
to insoluble basic lead chromate which is separated and disposed of in a
landfill.  The trinitroresorcinol formed is washed into the industrial
waste drain along with any excess sodium dichromate.  This process  is not
recommended.

                  Option No. 3 - Reaction with Na^CO^

     Techniques under investigation include disposal of waste lead  styphnate
by reacting the material with sodium carbonate solution to yield .insoluble
basic lead carbonate, and an alkaline solution of trinitroresorcinol  (TNR).
The basic lead carbonate is separated, washed and recycled, and the
trinitroresorcinol recovered for re-use in the manufacture of lead
styphnate.  The process is in the early development stage, and will be
satisfactory if the TNR is recovered so that outfall effluents contain less
than 0.5 ppm.

           Option No. 4 - Reduction with NaOH and Aluminum

     A current desensitization process is to react the lead styphnate with
sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and aluminum, using live steam  as a

                                       148

-------
heat source.  The reaction products are non-explosive and include sodium
aluminate, insoluble (basic) lead carbonate, and the disodium salt of
aminoresorcinol.  With the exception of the lead carbonate, which is
separated, the materials are discharged as a solution to the industrial
waste system.  The technique produces effective desensitization of the
styphnate, but requires secondary treatment to destroy the aminoresorcinol,
and to precipitate the aluminum.

                  Option No. 5 - Controlled Combustion

     The most promising technique under development for disposal of lead
styphnate and other high explosives is the controlled combustion process,
which employs a rotary kiln incinerator equipped with appropriate scrubbing
devices.  The styphnate is then fed to the incinerator as a slurry in
water, at a weight ratio, styphnate to water, of 1:3.  The scrubber
effluent would then require treatment for recovery of the particulate lead
oxide formed as a combustion product.  This process is recommended for
disposal of lead styphnate.

   Option No. 6 - Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitari-
zation of primers, fuzes and detonators containing lead styphnate is by
burning or detonation in a specially designed detonation furnace.  Small
arms cartridges disassembled from the projected components can be demili-
tarized in a similar fashion.  The explosive containing components are fed
to the combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and a special convey-
ing device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with an afterburner
to abate NO  , and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic
           /\
dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating scrubbing solution
should be treated to prevent discharge of lead and copper as pollutants,
as detailed under the Profile Reports for lead and copper compounds.
                                 149

-------
     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal  System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the  U.S.  Army Materiel  Command  in-
cludes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal
of primers, fuzes, and detonators containing .lead styphnate.   Intact  pri-
mers, fuzes and detonators produced by disassembly of scrap munitions  are
fed via an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary  kiln,
countercurrent to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with
steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from each other.   The
explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the
kiln is about  25  ft in  length, and the fired end opposite the explosive
feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion
product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should
go through an afterburner,to complete oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone,
and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash  solu-
tion recirculated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution,  after
neutralization, would exit to sewer.  The metallic components are re-
covered as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The major use of lead styphnate is as an initiating agent in military
ammunition.  Military ammunition manufacturing plants and ammunition  storage
depots have facilities for disposal of lead styphnate discharge in waste
streams as scrap, or as a contaminant of other wastes.  Styphnate wastes
from the civilian economy which are not processed for disposal at such
facilities are candidates for National Disposal Sites if the specific waste
can be handled and transported safely.  Styphnate wastes other than muni-
tions should be transported wet in a vehicle specially equipped for the
safe transport of primary explosives, and only to the nearest disposal site.
The disposal process for styphnate wastes other than munitions to be
employed at National Disposal Sites should be that cited as Option No. 5
in Section 5.  Styphnate wastes, and wastes contaminated with lead styphnate
should be  handled only  a qualified ordnance demolition team experienced in
handling lead  styphnate.  If the hazards to the team and the public from
transportation and handling are deemed excessive by the demolition team,
the waste  should  be disposed of by detonation in a cleared area.

                                  P150-

-------
    Obsolete military munitions  scheduled for disposal  should  be  demilitari-
zed and disposed of by the Armed Forces  at National  Disposal Sites  under  the
cognizance of the Armed Forces.   The technique to be employed  for destruc-
tion of cartridge primers, fuzes and detonators containing  lead styphnate
obtained by diassembly of the military ordnance devices,  should be  that of
Option No. 6 above.
                               151

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0225. American Conference of Government Industrial  Hygienists.   Threshold
        limits for 1971.  Occupational Hazards. Aug.  1971.   p.  35-40.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.   3d  ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation,  1968.   251  p.

1147. Department of the Army and the Air Force.  Military explosives,
        TM9-1910.  Washington, Apr. 1955. 336 p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.  2d ed.  2  v. and suppl
        New York, Interscience Publishers, 1963.

1699. Engel, R. E., D. I. Hammer, J. R. M. Horton,  N. M.  Lane,  and L. A.
        Plumlee.  Environmental lead and public health.  Report  prepared
        by Environmental Protection Agency, Air Pollution Control Office,
        Publication No. AP-90, Research Triangle Park, 1971.  34 p.

2168. Department of Defense.  Ammunition explosives dangerous  materials
        safety manual for use in procurement and administration  of
        controls.  Washington.  Mar. 1967.  (Draft  only)

2170. Ordnance Corps, Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety manual,
        ORDM7-224.  Washington, 1951.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz.  Chemistry and technology  of explosives, v  III,
        Warszawa, Polish Scientific Publishers, 1967.  Translated by
        Jurecki, Marian, New York, Pergamon Press.   714 p.
                                    152

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  Lead styphnate   (531)
.... N      Lead 2,4,6-trinitr;oresorcinate           ,	Structural Formula
IUC Name                                                «^"-     ^
       ,,      Lead Stvpimate
Common Names          '
P02NQ_NOL
                                                                         Pb-H-,0
lolecuisr Wt.       453(lj	   Melting Pt.  260'310 c explodes Boiling Pt.
:ensit> IConoansec^C^g/ct^	9  2j  _^	Density (gas)	@	
Vapor Pressure (recoiranen'ifcd 55  C ana 20 Q)
Flash Point	Autoignition Temp.	
Flammability Limits in Air (wt  %)    Lower	    Upper
Explosive-Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper

Solubility
    Cold Hater   insoluble	  Hot Water	   Ethanol.
    Others:     glycol  diacetate O.lg/IOOg at 20 C
Acid, Base Properties	•	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in bag  under water
ICC Classification  Explosive. Class A	  Coast Guard Classification Explosive. Class A
Comments	
References (1)  0474
                                         153

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                        Mannitol  Hexanitrate (532)

                                1.   GENERAL

     D-mannitol hexanitrate, "nitromannitol,"  or "nitromannite"  is  a  strong
explosive with a positive oxygen balance.   Its decomposition  goes according
to the equation:
             C6Hg(ON02)6 -*• 6C02 + 4H 0 + 3N2 + 02 + 1512 Kcal/Kg

It is initiated by shock as readily as nitroglycerine.   In direct contact
with a flame it melts and is ignited in the open air with difficulty.  Once
kindled mannitol hexanitrate burns  rapidly, and large quantities may  explode.

     Mannitol hexanitrate is manufactured  by dissolving  mannitol in a
fivefold  amount of nitric acid (d  = 1.51) at a temperature below 0 C.  Then
a tenfold  quantity of concentrated sulfuric acid (d = 1.84)  is  added to
the solution.  Fine crystals of the product are precipitated  which  are
separated on a vacuum filter.  The  product is  washed with cold water,
neutralized by means of dilute sodium bicarbonate solution, and  once  again
washed.  Then the mannitol hexanitrate is  dissolved in hot ethanol, a
stabilizer, diphenylamine, added and the product crystallized.

     Mannitol hexanitrate can be used as a secondary charge in some
detonators, instead of tetryl.  It  is used in detonators in which the
primary initiator is diazodinitrophenol.  It has also been used  in  detonators
with tetrazine.  In addition, mannitol hexanitrate  is used for medical
purposes instead of nitroglycerine, since  its  physiological effect  is
slower and longer lasting.0477'1433'2171

                                2.   TOXICITY

     Mannitol hexanitrate can cause dilation of blood vessels, headaches,
nausea, vomiting, methemoglobinemia, cyanosis, reduced blood  pressure,
                                  155

-------
central nervous system depression and with larger quantities,  coma and
respiratory paralysis.      Except by 1ngest1onB it is not likely that workers
will receive sufficient mannitol hexanitrate to cause a toxic  reaction
The solubility in water and vapor pressure are both low and thi inhalation
or skin absorption of appreciable quantities of mannitol hexanitrate vapor
is unlikely.  Therefore, a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) has not been set
for mannitol hexanitrate.

                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

      Mannitol hexanitrate is a detonating agent that 1s so sensitive to heat,
electrical discharges impacts and friction that it undergoes detonation when
subjected to a very mild electrical, mechanical or thermal shock from a spark,
flame, or percussion.      Old or contaminated mannitol hexanitrate has
enhanced sensitivity and presents an extreme hazard.  It must  be handled
with the greatest of care by an experienced ordnance disposal  team.

                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Mannitol  hexanitrate  is  classified by  the Department of Transportation
 (DOT)  as  an  Explosive,  Class  A  and  classified  by  the Army as a Class 9
 Explosive.   Its  principle  use is  as a  secondary charge  in detonators and  in
 blasting  caps  designed  to  be  ignited by a fuse.   It is  stored dry,  Instead
 of being  wet with  water as are  most other Initiators.      Because of its
 explosive nature,  It is recommended that  no mannitol  hexanitrate be  released
 to the environment.   The safe disposal of mannitol  hexanitrate is  defined 1n
 terms  of  the recommended provisional Hwits 1n the  atmosphere,, in  potable
 water, and in  marine habitats.   These  recommended provisional limits are as
 follows:

  Contaminant                                                Basis
    in  Air                   Provisional Limit               Recommendation
 Mannitol  hexanitrate         0.02  mg/M3                     0.01  TLV*
     Estimated from data on similar compounds.

-------
 Contaminant in                                           Basis for
 Water and Soil            Provisional Limit            Recommendation
Mannitol hexam'trate          O.lmg/1*                  Stokinger and
                                                        Woodward Method*

     The waste forms containing mannitol hexam'trate are for the most part
surplus and obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal, and manu-
facturing wastes composed of scrap explosive and explosive-contaminated
"inert" materials.  (The "inert" materials are almost always combustible
wastes—cardboard, paperboard, fiberboard, and the like). The .quantities by
location of mannitol hexam'trate, and of the waste forms in which it is
contained, are included in the quantities listed under the headings
"Initiating Agents and Primers" in the tables covering "Explosive Manu-
facturing Wastes" and "Obsolete Conventional Munitions" in Volume XIV of this
report.

                5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                           Option No. 1 - Detonation

     The only published method for disposal  of scrap mannitol  hexam'trate
is by detonation.  Mannitol  hexam'trate in small  bags may be transported
to the demolition area.   Several  bags are removed from the transporting
containers and carried to a destruction pit, placed in intimate contact
with each other, and a blasting cap placed between the bags to initiate
the mannitol hexam'trate.  All remaining explosives should be kept behind
a barricade with overhead protection during destruction operations.  In the
destruction operation appreciable NO  will be released per unit weight of
                                    J\
nitromannitol destroyed.  If care is taken so that only small  quantities of
m'tromannitol are destroyed at any one time in remote locations, the NO
                                                                       /\
produced destroying the small  quantities of mannitol  hexam'trate will  not
                                         1147
create an excessive environmental hazard.       The safety hazards to  the
disposal team involved in other methods of disposal exceed the environmental
impact of the NO  released by detonation of small quantities of the material.
     Estimated from data on similar compounds.
                                  157

-------
                        Option No. 2 - Open Burning

     Wastes contaminated with mannitol hexanitrate are currently disposed
of by open burning in a remote demolition area.   The waste,  if not fully
combustible, is covered with fuel oil, and ignited from a safe distance
using a black powder squib.  The safety procedures followed  are similar to
those employed when detonating mannitol hexanitrate.   The safety hazards
to the public and the disposal team involved in  other methods of disposal
exceed the environmental hazard created by the release of NO .
                                                            X

  Option No. 3 - Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace  Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitari-
zation of detonators and blasting caps containing nitromannitol is by burning
or detonation in a specially designed detonation furnace. The explosive-
containing components are fed to the combustion  chamber by means of a
channel chute and a special conveying device.  The detonator furnace should
be equipped with an afterburner to abate NO , and cyclones and scrubbing
                                           X
towers for the removal of metallic dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the
recirculating scrubbing solution should be treated to prevent discharge of
lead and copper as pollutants, as detailed under the Profile Reports for
lead and copper compounds.

     The Chemical  Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S. Army Materiel Command in-
cludes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal
of detonators and blasting caps containing nitromannitol.  Intact detonators
and blasting caps, produced by disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via
an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, counter-
current to an oil  or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel
screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from each other.  The
explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the
kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite the explosive
feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion
product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit  gases should
                                    158

-------
go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone,
and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash solu-
tion recirculated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after
neutralization, would exit to sewer.   .The metallic components are recover-
ed as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

     Research is required to establish adequate procedures for the safe and
minimized environmental impact disposal of nitromannitol manufacturing
wastes.  A tentative concept for investigation is the use of sodium sulfide
solution to  "kill"  the  nitromannitol,  followed  by  controlled  incineration of
the reaction products.  The incineration equipment should be provided with
appropriate scrubbing devices.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

      The principle use of mannitol  hexanitrate is  as a secondary charge
in detonators and in blasting caps designed to be initiated by a fuze.
Except for a very small  quantity that may be used in medicine, mannitol
hexanitrate is stored at explosive manufacturing plants that have facilities
for disposal of initiating agents.  It is anticipated that waste mannitol
hexanitrate will continue to be disposed of at these facilities.
Nitromannitol wastes other than munitions not destroyed at the manufacturing
plants are candidates for National Disposal Sites,  if the specific waste is
safe to handle and transport.  Research is required, as noted above, to
establish minimized environmental hazard procedures for the safe disposal
of nitromannitol and nitromannitol contaminated wastes other than munitions.
Until such procedures have been established, those cited under Options No. 1
and No. 2 of Section 5 should be used.

      It should be noted that aged or contaminated  nitromannitol wastes
represent an unpredictable extreme disposal hazard.  If at all possible,
aged and contaminated wastes should be processed for disposal  using remote
handling devices and adequate personnel protection  clothing and blast shields.
In all cases nitromannitol handling and transportation for disposal should
be performed only by qualified demolition personnel, experienced in disposal
                                159

-------
of nitroglycerin or nitromannitol.  If the team believes handling and trans-
portation to be sufficiently low in hazard to the team and the public9
transportation should be in a special bomb disposal box, on a vehicle
especially equipped for the safe transport of primary explosives and only
to the nearest satisfactory disposal site.  If hazards to the team and
public are excessive, disposal should be by detonation or burning* in a
cleared area.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be demilitari-
zed and disposed of by the Armed Forces as National Disposal  Sites under the
cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be employed for destruc-
tion of detonators and blasting caps containing nitromannitol after dis-
assembly of the military ordnance devices, should be that of Option No. 3
above.
      Using  the  precautions  noted  in Option No. 2.
                                    160

-------
                              7.  REFERENCES
0474. Tomlinson, W.  R.,  Jr.   Revised by 0. E. Sheffield.  Properties of
        explosives of military  interest.  Technical Report No. 1740,
        Revision 1,  Picatinny Arsenal.  Apr. 1958.  348 p.

0766, Sax, N.  I.  Dangerous  properties of industrial materials.  3d ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 1968.  251 p.

1147. Department of  the  Army and  the Air Force, Military Explosives.
        TM9-1910, Washington, Apr.  1955.  336 p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia  of chemical technology.  2d ed.  22 v.
        New  York, Interscience Publishers, 1963.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz. Chemistry and technology of explosives, v. Ill,
        Warszana Polish  Scientific  Publishers, 1967.  Translated by
        Jurecki, Marian, New York,  Pergamon Press.  714 p.
                                161

-------
H. M. Name
IUC Name
Common Names
Molecular Wt.
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
Mannitol Hexanltrate (532) 0,NOC-M
Mannitol Hexanitrate OjNOC-H
HCON02
..— . .. nrnwn

4.52 ^y Melting Pt. 112-113(2) Boiling Pt. dec. 150 C
Density (Condensed) 1 .73g/cc @ 20 C Density (gas) 9
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
& 9 &
Flash Point
FT amiability
Autoignition Temp.
Limits in Air (wt %) Lower > Upper
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %) Lower Upper
Solubility
Cold Wate
Others:
Acic!, Base Pr
-ic 1, Feacv

2.9g/100g at 13 C
very soluble when
r Insoluble Hot Water Insoluble Ethanolhot
Ether 4g/100g at 9C
ipertier,

t wi ' h

....

a ,::i-;?ec in •
1 . , Explosive,
ICC Classification EAsloiwt, Class A Coast Guard Classification Class A
Comments





References (1
) 0474
162

-------
                                PROFILE REPORT
                   Mercuric Fulminate (Fulminate of Mercury)  (533)


                               1.   GENERAL

     Mercury fulminate, Hg(ONC)2, is a salt of an acid that is too unstable to
exist in the free state.  It is white when pure.  As manufactured,  the
commercial product is only 98 to 99 percent pure and is grayish.   Hg(ONC)2
forms octahedral crystals, usually truncated, which are soluble in water to
the extent of 0.01 percent at 15 C and only slightly soluble  in cold ethanol.
It can, therefore, be stored under water or under a mixture of equal  amounts
of ethanol and water to reduce the danger of explosion.

     Mercury fulminate is more sensitive to impact than lead  azide  and lead
styphnate and has the same sensitivity as diazodinitrophenol.   Mercury
fulminate is more sensitive to heat and friction than lead azide  and lead
styphnate and has a higher explosion temperature test value (210  C) than
diazodinitrophenol and tetracene.  The relatively poor stability  of mercury
fulminate is its most disadvantageous characteristic and the  main reason
it has largely been replaced with other initiators such as lead azide.  When
maintained for relatively short periods of time at 85 C, it explodes.   Mercury
fulminate deteriorates with age, chiefly to a nonexplosive solid  rather than
to gaseous products.  When its purity has been reduced to about 92  percent,
                                                   DA74 1147
the initiating efficiency is practically destroyed.  ''

     Mercury fulminate is manufactured in relatively small batches.  Mercury
is dissolved in nitric acid and this solution is poured into  90 percent
ethanol, resulting in the evolution of white fumes followed by red  fumes and
subsequent appearance of fulminate crystals.  The reaction mixture  is  diluted
with water and the crystals repeatedly washed, by decantation, until  all
acid is removed.0474'1147'2171
                                   163

-------
     The chemical/physical properties for mercury fulminate are summarized on
the attached worksheet.

                              2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Mercury and Its compounds are of recognized tox1c1ty»  but the  handling
of mercury fulminate 1s not unduly hazardous from a toxldty viewpoint.
because it 1s sparingly soluble 1n water, Its toxidty through contact with
the skin is insignificant.  If taken orally, it is poisonous.   Its  dust
should not be inhaled,and it has been recommended that the  air in loading
plant buildings should contain not more than 0.1 milligram  of mercury
fulminate per cubic meter for workers exposed for an 8-hr day five  days  per
week.1147
                                                      o
                            3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Mercury fulminate 1s a primary (initiating) explosive  that is  so
sensitive to friction, heat, impact, and electrical discharge that  it
undergoes detonation when subjected to very mild thermal, mechanical, or
electrical shock by flame, percussion, or electric discharge.   When dry,
it reacts to produce non-explosive products rapidly with aluminum and
magnesium, slowly with copper, zinc, brass and bronze, and  not at all with
Iron and steel.  When wet, it reacts to produce non-explosive products
immediately with aluminum and magnesium, rapidly with copper, zinc, brass
and bronze and not at all with iron and steel.  Mercury fulminate readily
                                    1147
decomposes in the presence of light.

              4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The sensitivity of mercury fulminate to shock and friction, as with
most Initiating agents, requires that all scrap and waste from preparation
and purification be maintained wet for destruction.   Mercury fulminate  is
packaged wet for storage or shipment.  Packaging is accomplished by placing
approximately 25 Ib,  wet with 20 percent water or a 50:50  water-alcohol
mixture for low temperature storage, in a duck- or rubberized-cloth bag
                                     164

-------
covered with a cap of the same material.   The bag is  then tied  securely.
rtot more than six such bags are placed in a large bag of the same  material.
The large bag is tied and placed in the center of a watertight  metal  or
wooden barrel, drum, or keg lined with a heavy close-fitting jute  bag.  The
large bag containing mercury fulminate is surrounded  with well-packed
sawdust that has been saturated with water or water-ethanol  mixture.   The
bag forming a liner is sewn closed before closing the barrel, drum,  or keg.
Not more than 150 lb,  of initiating explosive is permitted in a single
container.  It is shipped wet under the Department of Transportation (DOT)
regulations for an  Explosive Class A.      It is stored under DOD  regulation
for an Explosive Class 9, Group M  (wet).

     Waste streams from the manufacture of mercury fulminate are of  three
types:     (1) spent liquors decanted from above the  product; (2)  sediment
removed from the mercury fulminate by washing (s.lime); and (3)   condensed
vapors.

     Waste stream (1) contains about 3 percent of dissolved material  composed
of 90 to 96 percent oxalic acid and 3 to 6 percent mercurous nitrate.  The
mercury in this stream is recovered by addition of 1  liter of hydrochloric
acid to 50 liters of solution followed by the addition of zinc  to  precipitate
metallic mercury.  The mercury in waste stream (1) is sometimes recovered
by the addition of lime to form a precipitate, followed by solution  of the
precipitate in hydrochloric acid, and recovery of metallic mercury by
electrolysis or by the addition of zinc.  The residual solution is treated
with lime, the precipitate sent to a landfill, and the solution discharged
into a sewer or stream.

     Waste stream (2), slime, has a similar composition to waste stream (1)
and is treated in the same manner.

     Waste stream (3), condensed vapors, is chiefly ethanol and is purified
for reuse by distillation over sodium.

     Excess or contaminated mercury fulminate is treated in the manner
described in Section 5.

                              165

-------
     Because mercury fulminate is a high explosive, it is recommended that no
mercury fulminate be released to the environment outside the boundaries of a
manufacturing plant.  Present goals in the United States are no mercury in
waste streams.  It is recommended that sodium borohydride reduction and
special ion exchange methods for the removal of last traces of mercury
(described in Profile Report on Mercuric Cyanide, [254]) be evaluated for
use on mercury fulminate manufacturing operation waste streams.

     The safe disposal of mercury fulminate is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in
marine habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:

Contaminant in Air          Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation

Mercury fulminate           0.0005 mg/M3 as Hg     0.01 TLV

Contaminant in
Mater and Soil              Provisional Limit      Basis for Recommendation

Mercury fulminate           0.005  mg/1 as Hg      U.S. Drinking Water
                                                   Standard

     The waste forms containing mercury fulminate are for the most part surplus
and obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing
wastes composed of scrap explosive and explosive-contaminated "inert" materials.
(The "inert" materials are almost always combustible wastes—cardboard, paper-
board, fiberboard, and the like).  The quantities of location of the mercury
fulminate, and of the waste forms in which it is contained, are included in
the quantities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents and Primers" in
the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes," and "Obsolete Conventional
Munitions" in Volume XIX, titled "Waste Forms and Quantities".

                     5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Destruction of mercury fulminate by detonation in an open burning area
is a procedure employed currently for disposal     which 1s not recommended

                                        166

-------
because of the possible contamination of the environment with mercury.  The
recommended wet method for decomposition of mercury fulminate in manufacturing
wastes is by the addition of at least 10 times its weight of a 20 percent
solution of sodium thiosulfate.  Some cyanogen gas may be evolved and an
alkaline scrubber is required to prevent emission of (CN)2- 474»'147  The
HgS precipitate obtained should be coagulated by boiling, removed by fil-
tration, and recycled to a mercury smelter for recovery of mercury.

         Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitar-
ization of detonators and fuzes containing mercury fulminate is by burning
or detonation in a specially designed detonation furnace.  Small arms
cartridges disassembled from the projectile components can be demilitar-
ized in a similar fashion.  The explosive-containing components are fed to
the combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and a special conveying
device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with an afterburner to
abate NOx, and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic
dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating scrubbing solution
should be treated to prevent discharge of mercury lead and copper as pollutants,
as detailed under the Profile Reports for mercury lead and copper compounds.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command includes
a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal of primers,
detonators and fuzes containing mercury fulminate.  Intact primers, detonators
and fuzes, produced by disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via an auto-
mated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, countercurrent
to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights
to isolate the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end
of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the kiln is about 25  ft  in
length, and the fired end opposite the explosive feed end is maintained at
a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  Combustion product gas exits through a
cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should go through an afterburner, to
complete oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a
packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash solution recirculated as scrubbing
                                167

-------
medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralisation and treatment for
removal of mercury„ would exit to sewer.  The metallic compontnts are
recovered as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

                      6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Mercury fulminate is not at present in general use as an initiating
agent.  Plants manufacturing mercury fulminate for use in ammunition or
detonators have facilities for the disposal of the material discharged in
waste streams, as scrap, or as excess material.  Mercury fulminate other than
obsolete munitions which is not processed for disposal at such manufacturers'
facilities is a candidate for National Disposal Sites if the specific waste
involved can be handled and transported safely.  The disposal process to be
employed at National Disposal Sites for material other than obsolete munitions
should be that recommended in Section 5 as the acceptable wet method.  Surplus,
scrap or obsolete materials containing mercury fulminate should only be
handled by qualified ordnance demolition personnel experienced in disposal of
mercury fulminate.  In the event that hazards to the disposal team and the
public, due to handling and transport to the nearest National Disposal Site»
are deemed excessive by the demolition team, the material should be disposed
of by detonation in a cleared area.  Transportation of any wastes containing
or contaminated with mercury fulminate should be in a vehicle properly equipped
for safe transport of primary explosives, and only to the nearest satisfactory
disposal site.  The contaminated waste or scrap fulminate other than obsolete
munitions should be transported wet.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be demilitarized
and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal Sites under the
cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be employed for destruction
of cartridge primers, detonators and fuzes containing mercury fulminate from
obsolete military ordnance devices, should be the use of the detonator/deaeti-
vation furnace, as indicated in Section 5 above.
                                     168

-------
                               7.    REFERENCES
0474. Tomlinson, W.  R.,  Jr.,  revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.   Properties of
        explosives of military interest, Technical  Report  No.  1740, Rev.  1,
        Picatinny Arsenal.  Apr.  1958.   348 p.


1147. Department of the Army  and the Air Force, Military explosives.   TM-9-
        1910.  Washington.  Apr. 1955.   336 p.


2169.  Fedoroff,  B.  T. Encyclopedia  of  explosives and related items, v-  !•
        Picatinny Arsenal, 1960.  692  p.

2170.  Ordnance  Corps, Jepartment of the Army, Ordnance Safety Manual,
        ORDM-7-224,  Washington.  1951.

2171.  Urbanski ,"Todeusz.  Chemistry and technology of explosives, V.III,
        Warszawa, Polish Scientific Publishers, 1967.  Translated by
        Jurecki, Marian, New  York,  Pergamon Press.  714 p.
                                  169

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
 H.  M.  Name    Mercuric  Fulminate   (533)
 IUC Name 	
 Common Names  F"1"nnate of  mercury, mercury fulminate
                            Structural  Formula
                                                            Hg:
                             .0-N = C

                             '0-N = C
 Molecular  rit.    285
                    (1)
                             (1)
  Melting Pt.   210 C  explodes    Boiling Pt.
 Density  (Condensed)A_43g/cc__ @_23_   C   Density (gas)_
 Vapor Pressure  (recommended 55  C and 20 Q  ^
              9                              9
 Flash Point
Autoignition Temp.
 Flammability  Limits  in Air  (wt %)    Lower_
 Explosive  Limits  in  Air  (wt. %)      Lower
                          Upper_
                          Upper_
 Solubility
     Cold Water 0.07g/100g at  12 C
                                  (1)
    Hot Water 0.18g/100g  at 49 C   Ethanolslightly soluble
     Others:  snluhlp  in aqueous NH4OH or KCN and in pyridine
I Acid,  Base Properties	
                                                            (1)
 Highly Reactive with  concentrated hydrochloric acid
 Compatible with_
 Shipped in	
 ICC Classification Explosive. Class A 0)
 Comments	:	
              Coast Guard Classification Explosive, Class  A
                                                            1)
 References f
                         1474
                                              170

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT
                            Nitroglycerin (307)

                              1.   GENERAL

     The manufacturing process and waste streams from nitroglycerin manu-
facture are described briefly in  Section 4.   Nitroglycerin is a colorless
liquid, with very slight solubility in water, but miscible in all  propor-
tions with methyl alcohol,  acetone, ether and benzene.   Since the  compound
is an ester, it is hydrolyzed by  alkaline solutions.   It is a powerful,
high brisance explosive, with marked toxicity.  Chemical/physical  properties
are summarized in the attached worksheet.

                           2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Nitroglycerin can cause dilation of blood vessels, headaches, nausea,
vomiting, methemoglobenemia, cyanosis, reduced blood  pressure, central
nervous system depression,  coma and respiratory paralysis through  inhala-
tion, ingestion or skin absorption.  The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) is
                                       1142
0.2 ppm with a skin absorption warning.

                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Nitroglycerin  (NG) is a powerful explosive whose decomposition into
gaseous products is accompanied by a strong  shock wave and the evolution
of large quantities of heat.  The oxygen content of the molecule is
sufficient for complete oxidation of the contained carbon and hydrogen
to carbon dioxide and water.  Nitroglycerin  is not readily flammable,
                 9
but will  ignite at 150 to  160 C  and will explode when burning unless
diluted with a considerable quantity of inert material  such as fullers
earth.   It is very sensitive to mechanical shock or impact, undergoing
detonation under a falling  weight of 2 Kg at a height of 4 cm.  Frozen
nitroglycerin is less sensitive to impact them liquid nitroglycerin;

                                171

-------
a half-thawed mixture, however, is more sensitive than liquid  alone.
Care must therefore be exercised to avoid freezing NG.  If freezing does
occur, extreme care must be used in thawing.  Hazard properties for
nitroglycerin are summarized below.

     Fire
          100 C heat test
            loss in first 48 hours                  3.6 percent
            loss in second 48 hours                 3.5 percent
            explosion in 100 hours                  none
          Explosion temperature
            5 seconds                               222 C
          Vacuum stability test
            90 C - cc/g - 6 hours                   1.6
           100 C - cc/g -16 hours                   11+
          Impact sensitivity, 2 Kg wt
            Bureau of Mines apparatus               15 cm
            Friction (8 ft/sec)                     less than  1  Ib

                  4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT
                      Handling, Storage, and Transportation

     Procedures for safe handling, transportation and storage  of nitro-
glycerin are described by JANAF Hazards Working Group.      Their document
provides recommended procedures for manufacturing plant layout and materials
of construction, personnel requirements, manufacturing flow description,
process control and disposition of waste nitroglycerin.

     Nitroglycerin as such is not transported by common carrier because of
its sensitivity to shock.

                             Disposal Reuse
                                                   ©
     Nitroglycerin is manufactured by nitration of glycerin in a "mixed
acid" containing about 40 percent nitric acid, 59.5 percent sulfuric  acid
and 0.5 percent water.  After nitration of the glycerin is complete,  the
                                  172

-------
resulting emulsion is allowed to stand in a separating tank until  a
supernatant layer forms which contains nitroglycerin contaminated with
nitric and sulfuric acids.  This supernatant layer is separated, washed
first with water, then with sodium carbonate solution and then further
with water until the nitroglycerin is neutral.   Special filters are used
so that all nitroglycerin is collected from the wash water streams.  Wash
waters and mixed acid nitrating solutions must be stored until all dis-
                                              1142
solved/entrained nitroglycerin has decomposed.       The spent acid is
normally recovered by elevated temperature processing techniques.
     The safe disposal of nitroglycerin is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and
in marine habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:
Contaminant in Air
   Nitroglycerin
Provisional  Limit
   0.002 ppm
 Basis for Recommendation
        0.01  TLV
Contaminant in Water
	and Soil	
   Nitroglycerin
Provisional  Limit
   0.1  ppm
 Basis for Recommendation
Stokinger and Woodward
Method
     To make nitroglycerin easier and safer to handle it is usually con-
verted into a different physical form such as dynamite.  Modern dynamites
generally use wood flour, ammonium nitrate, or sodium nitrate as an inert
dilute to absorb the nitroglycerin.  Such a mixture is easy to handle and
can be made to contain as much as 75 percent nitroglycerin and yet retain
               1147
its solid form.      Other materials which contain an appreciable nitro-
glycerin content include ball powder, other double base gun powders, and
double base rocket propel 1 ants.

     The surplus double base propel 1 ants (gun powders and rocket propel 1 ants)
are the major waste forms containing nitroglycerin, and occur as manufacturing
wastes and as scrap conventional munitions.  The quantities of these waste
forms are included in those listed in Volume XIV under the heading, "Pro-
pellant, Nitrocellulose Based".

                               173

-------
                  5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE  MANAGEMENT  PRACTICES

     Nitroglycerin which is collected from spills  and catch  tanks,  and
that which is not considered suitable for  use (contaminated  or  unstable
to the KI test), is disposed of by careful burning after  absorption in
sawdust, wood pulp or fullers earth.  If nitroglycerin is spilled on the
ground, the contaminated ground is removed with low impact tools and is
burned.  Ignition of nitroglycerin contaminated waste is  usually accom-
plished by a black powder squib on the surface. All  burning is performed
in a remote area.  Although the products of combustion contain  considerable
NO , pollutant-free methods for nitroglycerin disposal are not  in wide use.
  A
     Alkali sulfides are useful as nitroglycerin decontamination agents
("killers").  Sodium sulfide, water, acetone, and  methanol mixture  is used
for this purpose.  A 17-1/2 percent of Na2S solution in water is  sometimes  used,
with or without other organic solvents. The nitroglycerin is saponified
and reduced by this material to insensitive compounds. This method is
restricted to use with minute quantities of nitroglycerin only  since the
saponification and reduction reactions ^are exothermic; with  larger  quanti-
ties, where the heat of reaction is not dissipated, there is danger of
explosion due to thermal shock.  The alkali sulfide method of decontamina-
tion is usually limited to cleaning equipment.  This technique  liberates
sulfur compounds with a very disagreeable, pungent odor,  along  with vapors
of the organic  solvents used.  This method is  therefore not recommended
                              1142
except on  a  very small  scale.

     In  the  nitroglycerin manufacturing process a mixture of nitric and
sulfuric acids  are used for the nitration of glycerin, and spent acid is
generated  as a  by-product.  Because the spent  acid contains  small  quanti-
ties of  dissolved nitroglycerin, it is diluted with 2 to  3  percent water to
assure that  the nitroglycerin  is thrown out of solution.  Any nitroglycerin
observed on  the surface of  the  spent acid is collected for destruction by
burning  after absorption in sawdust, wood pulp, or fullers earth as
                1142
described  above.'     The residual  nitroglycerin dissolved  i
is decomposed when the  spent  acid  is processed for recovery.
                                  174

-------
     Investigations are being conducted by the military explosive manufac-
turing plants (the Army Ammunition Plants) to develop better methods for
the disposal of nitroglycerin than the open burning techniques currently
used.  Methods showing promise are bacterial attack and controlled
(scrubber-equipped) incineration, but neither of these methods are avail-
able for wide use at this time.  Additional research is required.

     Current procedures for the disposal of manufacturing wastes such as
the double base propel!ants are to burn a mixture of combustible inert
wastes and manufacturing wastes in a safe open field or open pit.  This
oractice is not acceptable because of the NOX generated and emitted.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S. Army Material Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the dis-
posal of small charges of dynamite, double base gun powder, and similar high
explosives.  High explosives up to about  7  Ib  in weight per charge
produced by disassembly of munitions are fed via an automated conveyor to
an explosion-resistant steel rotary kiln, counter-current to an oil or gas
flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate
the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end of the
kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the kiln is about  25  ft in
length, and the fired end (opposite to the explosive feed end) is main-
tained at a gas temperature of about  1,200 F..  Combustion product gas  exits
through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases should go through an
afterburner  to complete oxidation of CO, and then be scrubbed in a
packed tower with a solution of caustic soda or soda ash recirculated
as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization,
would exit to sewer.

                  6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

       Nitroglycerin as the free material is not formally a candidate
  waste stream constituent for National  Disposal Sites because it is not
  normally transported and facilities for its disposal  are available at
  the sites where it is manufactured.   The nitroglycerin  contained in

                               175

-------
double base propel!ants or dynamite produced as manufacturing waste
should be disposed of at the plant by an acceptable closed incineration
technique similar  to those under development by the Army (see above).
Conventional munitions classified as surplus which contain double base
propel!ants should be disposed of by the Armed Services at National
Disposal Sites under Armed Service Cognizance, by the deactivation
furnace technique covered in Section 5.
                                    176

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
1142.  JANAF Hazards  Working  Group.   Chemical  rocket propellent hazards;
        solid rocket propellant  handling, processing, storage, and trans-
        portation,   v.  2.  CPIA  Publication No.  194.  Silver Springs,
        Maryland,  Chemical Propulsion  Information Agency, May 1970.  99 p.

1147.  Army and the  Air  Force.  Military explosives.  TM 9-1910.  Apr. 1955,

1662.  Shreve, R.  N.   The  chemical  process industries.  2d ed.  New York,
        McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  1956.  1,004 p.
                                177

-------
H. M. Name Nitroglycerin (307)
IUC Name
Common Names Glyceryl tri nitrate
Molecular Wt. 227. og'1'
Density (Condensed) 1.5918 @
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C
2 torr C<" 125 d1)
Flash Point 218 C^)
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Solubility
Cold Water 0.12%
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
Structural Formula
CH2-ON02
CH-ONOo
CH2-ON02
/i ^ decomposes at
Melting Pt. 13.5CU Boiling Pt. 50-60 C
25 C(l) Density (gas) - 9
and 20 C)
50 torr 9 180 C explodes @218 C
Autoignition Temp.
Lower Upper
Lower Upper
Hot Water 0.246% at 60 C Ethanol 0.48%
Others: miscible with ether, acetone
Acid, Base Properties On standing with water produces 0.002% acid in 10 days

Highly Reactive with reducing

substances

Compatible with

Shipped in Requires special handling; cannot be shipped by common carrier
ITT PI ac c "i "f •» rfl t"i nn rannnt hp <;hit

carrier
Commpnt<;

Dped by common Coast Guard Classification prohibited




References (1) 1142
n
178

-------
                               PROFILE  REPORT

            PETN (Pentaerythritol  Tetranitrate)  (319).  TNT (418)

                                1.   GENERAL

     Both PETN (pentaerythritol tetranitrate) and TNT (2,4,6-trinitrotolene)
are noniinitiating high explosives  and are therefore included in a combined
Profile Report.  Noninitiating explosives require initiation by a primer
train containing initiating agents to detonate.   PETN is used as  a booster
in military ordnance devices, and  TNT is used as a high explosive fill  and
bursting charge in munitions, and  in blasting and demolition ordnance.

                                    PETN

     PETN is a white crystalline high brisance explosive whose manufacture
is described by the following equations:

     8HCHO + 2CH3CHO + Ca(OH)2  +   2C (CH2OH)4 + Ca (CHOO)2

     C(CH2OH)4 + 4HN03  •*  C(CH2ON02)4 + 4H20

In the preparation formaldehyde and aceteldehyde are dissolved in water
containing suspended slaked lime.   If agitation is carried out several  times
a day the reaction goes to completion in about three weeks.  At the end of
this time, the solution is filtered.  The calcium content is removed by
precipitation with oxalic acid and filtration.  The water is removed by
evaporation under reduced pressure. On  cooling,  the concentrate crude penta-
erythritol crystallizes.  The crude material is purified by recrystallization
from an alcohol-water solution.  The pentaerythritol is then nitrated with
strong white nitric acid at 5 C or below.  The product is washed free of
acid, filtered, and recrystallized from acetone.  The principal uses for
                                                                       0474
PETN are in detonating fuses, in boosters, and in priming compositions.
1147
                                  179

-------
                                   TNT

     TNT is a light yellow solid high explosive used  in  bombs,  shells,
demolition charges, depth charges, and grenades.   It  is  manufactured  by
sequential nitration of toluene to mono-, di, and tri-nitrotoluene.   Two
processes are currently in use; batch and continuous  nitration.   Both
employ mixtures of nitric and sulfuric acid.   A mixture  of weak (55 percent)
nitric acid with sulfuric acid is reacted with toluene to  make  mono-
nitrotoluene.  The crude mono-derivative is reached with slightly stronger
HN03, mixed with H2$04, at 90 to 100 C in the next stage.   In the final
nitration step, oleum (with 15 percent free SOo)  and  98  percent HNO^  are
reacted with the "dinitrotoluene" to form crude TNT.   The  crude TNT is
broken up, washed free of acid, and freed of the asymmetric isomers by
reaction with dilute NaHS03 solution.0474*1157

     The physical/chemical properties for PETN and TNT are summarized on
the attached worksheets.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Although PETN is not considered very toxic, the  symptoms produced by
ingestion are similar to those of the other aliphatic nitrates.   These are
dilation of blood vessels, headaches, nausea, vomiting,  methemoglobinemia,
cyanosis,  reduced  blood pressure  and  central nervous systems depression.
PETN is  absorbed slowly from  the  gastrointestinal  tract and the  lung, but
not to any  appreciable  extent from  the  skin.   Safety measures to prevent
explosions  of  PETN are  sufficient to  prevent undue health effects among
workers.1142   The  Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  for  PETN has not been
established.

     Signs and symptoms for TNT toxlcity are dermatitis, gastritis, methemo-
globinemia which give rise to characteristic patterns of cyanosis, aplastic
anemia, and toxic hepatitis.  TNT may be absorbed by  inhalation and ingestion
and to a lesser extent by skin contact.  Skin contact results in staining of
                                    180

-------
the skin and can give  rise to dermatitis in susceptible individuals.   TNT
may cause irritation of mucous membranes of the respiratory system and the
     1142                           3
eyes.      TNT has a TLV of 1.5 mg/M  and may be absorbed through the
     0225
skin.      Low concentrations of TNT in water (>3 ppm)  have an objectionable
red color.

                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Although both PETN and TNT are high explosives that normally require
initiation by a primary explosive to detonate they may  detonate when subjected
to a flame or percussion.  The explosion temperatures for the two explosives
are given below:
                                   PETN
            Seconds                              Temperature,  C
              0.1                                 272
              1                                    244
              5                                   225 (decomposes)
              10                                  211
                                    TNT
            Seconds                              Temperature,  C
              0.1                                     570
              1                                       520
              5                                      475
              10                                     465

              130 C for 100 hours - no decomposition
                             181

-------
                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The explosive character of TNT and PETN imposes the requirement  that
where recovery is not practical, waste streams from their manufacture and
waste explosives from military and civilian ordnance devices  be treated  as
described in Section 5.  Manufacturing wastes and surplus and obsolete mili-
tary munitions are the two major waste forms containing PETN  and TNT.  The
quantities of PETN and TNT contained in these waste forms are included in
the amounts listed under the "high Explosive" heading in Volume XIV titled
"Waste Forms and Quantities".

     PETN is shipped wet with at least 40 percent by weight of water  in
metal barrels, drums or kegs in which the material  is packed  in cloth or
rubber bags.  It is classified by the Department of Transportation. (DOT) as
a Class A explosive and is classified by DOD as a explosive Class 7,  Group
M.  PETN is stored in a wet form.  TNT is shipped as a Class  A explosive.
It represents an explosion hazard in case of fire but not in  case of  an
accident without fire.  TNT can be stored in a dry condition.  It is
classified by DOD as an explosive Class 7, Group 1,     and by DOT as a
Class A explosive.

     The  safe disposal of  PETN  and TNT  is  defined  in  terms of the recommended
provisional  limits  in  the  environment.  These  are:
 Contaminant  in  Air
    PETN
    TNT
Provisional  Limit
     0.02*
     0.015
   Basis for
Recommendation
   0.01  TLV*
   0.01  TLV
Contaminant  in
Water  and  Soil
    PETN
   TNT
Provisional  Limit
     0.1*
     0.075
   Basis for
Recommendation
Stokinger and
Woodward Method
Stokinger and „
Woodward Method
     Estimated from data on analogous  compounds
                                       182

-------
                 5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                   Option No.  1  -  Chemical  Destruction  of  PETN

     Small  quantities of PETN  can  be  dissolved in  acetone,  and  decomposed
by reaction with a concentrated aqueous  solution of sodium sulfide.  The
technique employed is to add a hot (80 C)  33 percent solution of  Na2$-9H20
to an 11  percent solution of PETN  in  acetone at such rate  that  the acetone
does not boil.   Seven parts by wetght of sulfide solution  are used per  part
                                                                     0474
PETN.  Stirring is continued for 30 minutes after  mixing is completed.
The reaction products should be burned in  a spray  injection type  incinerator
equipped with a caustic soda solution scrubber. The technique  is acceptable
for small quantities of manufacturing waste, and for decontamination of
equipment.

                   Option No.  2 -  Chemical  Destruction  of TNT

     TNT is decomposed by adding it slowly, while   stirring to  thirty times
its weight of a solution prepared  by  dissolving one part of sodium sulfide
(NapS-QHpO) in six parts of water.      The reaction products should be
incinerated in an incinerator  equipped with caustic soda solution scrubbers.
The technique is acceptable for small quantities of TNT.

                    Option No. 3 - Solution Incineration

     Solutions of PETN and TNT in  acetone can be incinerated readily.   The
explosives are dissolved in at least eight times their  weight of  technical
acetone.    '      The solution is often burned in a shallow container;
this type of burning is not recommended.  It is recommended that  destruction
be carried out in an injection type incinerator equipped with an  after-
burner and a caustic soda solution scrubber.  The  technique is  acceptable
for small to moderate quantities of explosives, and for decontaminating
equipment.
                                183

-------
       Option No. 4 - Controlled Incineration - Manufacturing Wastes

     The Army Ammunition Plants are currently investigating controlled
incineration processes for the disposal of waste high explosives  and  high
explosive-contaminated wastes.  The systems under investigation  include  a
conveyor-fed municipal type incinerator equipped with an afterburner,
cyclones and wet scrubbers and a slurry-fed rotary kiln incinerator equipped
with particulate abatement and wet scrubbing devices.  Disposal  systems  of
these types, when developed, will be considered acceptable for use where
recovery is not feasible economically, or where contaminated inert wastes
must be destroyed.

        Option No. S - Controlled Incineration - Military Munitions

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command in-
cludes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal
of small charges of high explosive (such as PETN and TNT).  High explosives
up to about  7 Ib  in weight per charge, produced by disassembly of scrap
munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel
rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln  is
equipped with steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from each
other.  The explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temper-
ature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite  the
explosive feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200  F.
Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases
should go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO, and then be
scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash solution recircu-
lated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization,
would exit to sewer.

                       Option No. 6 - Open Burning

     The current  procedure employed for the disposal of the bulk of PETN
and TNT manufacturing wastes is open burning in a safe area.  This practice
is not acceptable.

                                        184

-------
                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL  SITES

     PETN and TNT, and explosive contaminated wastes  produced as  manu-
facturing wastes should be disposed of at the plant site by the technique
of Option Nos. 3 or 4 above, in accordance with the character and quantity
of the explosive scrap involved.  Conventional munitions classified  as  sur-
plus which contain PETN or TNT should be disposed of by the Armed Services
at National Disposal Sites under Armed Service cognizance,  by the technique
of Option No. 5 above.  Unit operations capability for  the  disposal  of  small
quantities of non-military wastes containing PETN and TNT should be  provided
at National Disposal Sites other than those under military  cognizance.   The
techniques to be employed should be those of Option Nos. 3  and 4.
                             185

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES


0225.  American Conference of Government Industrial  Hygienists.  Threshold
         limit value for 1971.  Occupation  Hazards,  p. 35-40, Aug. 1971.
                                      i t
0474.  Fomlinson, W. R. Jr.  revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.  Properties of
         explosives of military interest.   Technical  report No. 1740. Rev. 1,
         Picatinny Arsenal, Apr.  1958.   348 p.

1142.  JANAF Hazards Working Group.   Chemical  rocket propellant hazards.
         CPIA Publication No. 194, VII.   Silver Spring, Maryland, May 1970.

1147.  Department of the Army and the Air Force.   Military explosives, TM-
         9-1910, Apr. 1958.  336 p.
                                     186

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET

H. M. Name  PETN  (319)
                        .  , „.      .                            Structural Formula
IUC Name    Pentaerythntol Tetramtrate
Common Names
02NO-CH2
-S
  H9-ONO?
^
 XL	
Molecular Wt.  316(1)	    Melting Pt.  141C  (1)          Boiling Pt._
Density (Condensed)  1.77  g/CC   @	20_c£j_|_ Density (gas)	@	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
Flash Point	         Autoignition Temp. 272 C explodes
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper	
Solubility
    Cold Water Insoluble ^	  Hot Water Insoluble^          Ethanol  0-195g/100 g
    Others: Soluble-acetone, benzene.  TNT u;                                 ~Ttr200C
Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in   metal barrels, drums or kegs (wet)  "'
ICC Classification  Explosive Class "A" ^      Coast  Guard  Classification  Exp^s1ve
Comments      POD Storage Class 7, Group M( '	
References (1) 1142
           (2) 0474
                                               187

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name    TNT (418)
IUC Name 	Trinitrotoluene
Common Names
                                                              Structural Formula
                                                                           NO,
                                                                      NO.
Molecular Wt.   227
                   (1)
                                    Melting Pt.    81  C
                                                       (1)
Density (Condensed) 1.65  g/cc    @	20_ C
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and  20 0
    0.042  torrg   80 C  ^           Q.Q67
Flash Point
                                         (1)
                                             Density  (gas}_
Boiling Pt.
   9
                                              e   90 c
                                                       (1)
                                                                  0.106
                                                                                  100 C
                                                                                       ;D
                                  Autoignition Temp.  570 C  explodes  (1)
Flammabllity Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper	
                                    Lower	    Upper	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. %)
Solubility
    Cold Water   Insoluble
                          (2)
                                      Hot Water  Insoluble
                                                          (2)
  Ethanol1-2^/100? at 20C
    Others: Soluble -  acetone,  toluene, carbon tetrachloride^1'
Add, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in
ICC Classification  Explosive Class "A"
Comments
                                                                           Explosive Class
                                                Coast Guard Classification  "A" 0)	
References  (1)
            (2) 0474
                                        188

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                   Picric Acid (Trinitrophenol-Liquid)(338)

                                1.   GENERAL

     Picric acid or 2, 4, 6-trinitrophenol  is manufactured as  bright
yellow crystals, which exist in two polymorphic forms.   It was first  used
as a yellow dye.  About 1885, military use  as an explosive charge  in
artillery and motor shells commenced.  Picric acid was  the first high
explosive used for meltloading.  It was used widely until  the  beginning of
this century, when it was replaced  with TNT.  Picric acid  is used  today in
the United States chiefly for the manufacture of Explosive D,  ammonium
picrate, and in medicine and analytical chemistry.

     Since it is a poly-substituted phenol,  picric acid is chemically
active, although less so than phenol.  It decomposes carbonates and reacts
with hydroxides to form picrates.   Many of  the picrates are more sensitive
to explosion than picric acid.  For military use it is  stored  dry, but
when wet with 10 percent  water picric acid  may be shipped by  common  carrier
in a maximum quantity of 16 oz per  outside  package.

     Picric acid is manufactured by a number of processes.  Direct nitration
of phenol is not practical because  of the violence of the  reaction and
consequent low yields.  Phenol and  sulfuric  acid react  to  form ortho  and
para-phenol sulfonic acid which can be nitrated to picric  acid.  Another
manufacturing process involves the  conversion of dinitrochlorobenzene into
dinitrophenol, with subsequent nitration of  the dinitrophenol.   A  catalytic
process for preparation of picric acid from  benzene has been used  which
involves refluxing benzene with nitric acid  in the presence of mercuric
nitrate.  Purification of crude picric acid  is effected by washing with
cold water, followed by recrystallization from hot water.    '
                                  189

-------
     The physical/chemical properties for picric acid  are  summarized on
the attached worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Picric acid has a strong staining action on the human skin, but is not
as toxic as some of the comparable nitro-compounds.  Its dust  should not
be inhaled, and frequent baths and changes of clothing are prescribed for
                                             1147
workers in production and use of picric acid.      The Threshold Limit
                                                                          0225
Value (TLV) for picric acid has been established as  0.1 mg per cubic meter.

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     Picric acid is a high explosive that normally requires initiation
by a  primer but may undergo  detonation when  subjected to  a flame  or
percussion.  It is slightly more sensitive than TNT.  The  explosion
temperature test value for picric acid (322 C)  is lower than that  of
TNT (520 C).

     The pi crates of lead and zinc are formed by contact of molten picric
acid with the appropriate metal, and are sufficiently  sensitive to the
thermal shock from the melt that they initiate detonation  of the picric
acid.  Other metallic pi crates are readily formed and  generally contain
water of crystallization.  Although not as sensitive as lead picrate these
pi crates are very sensitive to impact when dehydrated.  For this reason,
                                                                        1147
formation of the pi crates of iron, nickel, zinc, copper, etc.  is avoided.

               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The explosive  character  of picric acid  requires  that all  waste streams
from its manufacture be treated as described in Section 5.  Picric acid,  dry,
is classed by Department of Transportation (DOT) as an Explosive,  Class  A  .
Special regulations for picric acid wet with 10 percent water  permit
shipment of 16 oz maximum in an outside container by common carrier
including passenger aircraft.
                                  190

-------
     The safe disposal  of picric acid is defined in terms of the recommended
provisional  limits in the atmosphere, in potable water,  and in marine
habitats.   These recommended provisional limits are as follows:

Contaminant in Air         Provisional  Limit      Basis  for Recommendation
Picric Acid                 0.001  mg/M3             0.01  TLV

Contaminant in
Water and Soil             Provisional  Limit      Basis  for Recommendation
Picric Acid                 0.005 mg/L              Stokinger and Woodward
                                                    Method

The major sources of wastes containing picric acids are the wastes from
manufacturing operations, and surplus and obsolete conventional munitions
scheduled for disposal  by the Armed Services.  The quantities and locations
of picric acid in manufacturing wastes and surplus and obsolete conventional
munitions are included in the quantities listed under the heading "High
Explosives" in Volume XIV of this Final Report.

              5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES'

                     Option No. 1  - Chemical Decomposition

     Picric acid in aqueous waste streams or excess picric acid is decomposed
by dissolving the material in 25 times its weight of water containing
1 part sodium hydroxide and 21 parts hydrated sodium sulfide.  The hydrogen
sulfide and ammonia liberated must be absorbed or scrubbed from the vent
    0474 1147
air.    '      The solution from the disposal process should be neutralized,
and the phenolic material remaining oxidized by chlorine or removed by
adsorption on carbon.  This disposal technique is considered satisfactory
where the quantity of picric acid is too low to make recovery economically
attractive, or when small quantities of the material are contaminated.

        Option No. 2 - Controlled Incineration-Manufacturing Wastes

     The Army Ammunition Plants are currently investigating controlled
incineration processes for the disposal of waste high explosives and high

                               191

-------
explosive-contaminated wastes.  The systems under Investigation Include a
conveyor-fed municipal type incinerator equipped with an afterburner,
cyclones and wet scrubbers and a slurry-fed rotary kiln incinerator equipped
with particulate abatement and wet scrubbing devices.  Disposal systems of
these types, when developed, will be considered acceptable for use where
recovery is not feasible economically, or where contaminated inert wastes
must be destroyed.

                 Option No. 3 - Controlled Incineration-Scrap Munitions

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U.S. Army Materiel Command includes
a Deactivation Furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal of small
charges of high explosive  (such as ammonium picrate).  High explosives up
to about  7 Ib  in weight per charge, produced by disassembly of scrap
munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant
steel rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas flame.  The rotary kiln
is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from
each other.  The explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas
temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite
the explosive feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.
Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit gases
should go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO, and then be
scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda or soda ash solution recirculated
as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization,
would exit to sewer.

                       Option No. 4 - Open Incineration

     The majority of picric acid wastes from manufacturing operations are
disposed of by open burning in a safe area.  This practice is not satisfactory
because of the nitrogen oxides emitted.
                                    1S2

-------
                6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The picric acid and picric acid-contaminated inert wastes  produced  as
manufacturing wastes should be disposed of at the plant site by Options  1,
2, or 3 of Section 5 above, in accordance with the quantity and character
of explosive scrap involved.  Conventional munitions classified as  surplus
which contain picric acid as explosive fill should be disposed  of by  the
Armed Services at National Disposal Sites under Armed Service cognizance,
by the technique of Option 3, above.   Small quantities of picric acid wastes
from non-military sources should be disposed of at National Disposal  Sites
other than those under Armed Service cognizance by the techniques of
Option 2.
                                193

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
0225. American Conference of Government  Industrial Hygienists.  Threshold
        limit values  for 1971.   Occupational Hazards, p. 35-40, Aug.  1971.

0474. Tomlinson, W.  R.,  Jr., revised by  0. E. Sheffield.  Properties  of
        explosives of military  interest.  Technical Report No. 1740,  Rev. 1,
        Picatinny Arsenal.  Apr.  1958.   348 p.

1147. Department of the  Army and the Air Force.  Military explosives,
        TM-9-1910, Washington.   Apr. 1958.  336 p.
                                     194

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                         WORKSHEET

H. M. Name   Picric Acid  (33ft)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name   2.4.6-Trinitrophenol
Common Names
                                                                        OH
02N
Molecular Wt.     229<])	   Melting Pt.     122 cH)       Boiling Pt.320 C explodes *
Density (Condensed)l .76g/cc     @ 23    C  (Density (gas)	9	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  C)
    2 torr    @   195       C 0)   50  torr  9   255 0)    C                  @
Flash Point	        Auto1gn1t1on Temp.	
Flammability Limits  in Air (wt  %)    Lower	    Upper
Explosive Limits in  Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper
Solubility
    Cold Water 1.17g/100g  at 20 c(])   Hot Water 7.1g/100g at 100 ct^Ethanol  6.9g/10QqO)
    Others:    Benzene 9.6g/100g^)
Acid, Base Properties   Weak
Highly Reactive with    Bases;  forms  sensitive metal pi crates with lead, zinc, and
base metals.f)
Compatible with_
Shipped in   Bottles.
ICC Classification  Explosive, Class Al'J	  coast Guard ClassificationExplosive. Class
Comments   Special  regulation for common
References (1)   0474
                                              195

-------
                              PROFILE  REPORT
                  Potassium Dinitrobenzfuroxan(KDNBF)(536)

                                1.   GENERAL

     KDNBF is the potassium salt of 4,6-dinitrobenzfuroxan  and  normally
occurs as golden orange plates which explode at 210 C.   KDNBF is  used as a
primary initiating explosive.   First step in the preparation is the  reaction
of o-nitroaniline and alkaline sodium  hypochlorite to produce benzfuroxan.
The benzfuroxan is then dissolved in 6 parts of 96 percent  sulfuric  acid
and nitrated at 5 to 20 C with a 4 to  1  sulfuric-nitric acid mixture.  The
salt is prepared by neutralization of  the 4,6-dinitrobenzfuroxan.  The
product is purified by recrystallization from hot water.

     The physical/chemical properties  are summarized in the attached
worksheet.

                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     KDNBF is not considered very toxic, but since it is an aromatic
nitro-compound and is somewhat soluble in water, inhalation and skin
contact must be avoided.  Continued skin contact or ingestion will probably
cause a decrease in blood pressure and large doses could cause  dyspnea
and convulsions.  A Threshold Limit Value (TLV) has not been established
for KDNBF.0225

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     KDNBF is a primary initiating explosive that is so sensitive to heat,
impact, and friction that it undergoes detonation when subjected  to  very
mild thermal or mechanical shock by flame or percussion.   It explodes when
heated to 210 C.0474
                                  197

-------
               4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

    KDNBF is stored dry and handled in accordance with DOD regulations  for
a Class 9, Group M Explosive and is classified by the Department of
Transportation (DOT) as an Explosive, Class A.      Waste KDNBF is found
in recrystallization and wash waters which are collected in sumps  and
evaporated.  The recovered KDNBF is packaged for disposal as required for
                             917f> 99V\
a Class 9, Group M Explosive.  /Uf"JU

     Provisional limits for KDNBF have not been established.

     The waste forms containing KDNBF are for the most part surplus and
obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing  .
wastes composed of scrap explosive and explosive contaminated "inert"
materials.  (The "inert" materials are almost always combustible wastes—
cardboard, paperboard, fiberboard, and the like.)  The quantities by
location of the KDNBF and of the waste forms in which it is contained,  are
included in the quantities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents
and Primers" in the tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" and
"Obsolete Conventional Munitions"  in Volume XIV titled, "Waste Forms and
Quantities".
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Detonation has been used as the disposal method for packaged KDNBF.
With this method several bags of KDNBF are carried to a remote destruction
pit, placed in intimate contact with each other, and blasting caps placed
between the bags to initiate the KDNBF.  Remaining explosives must be kept
behind a barricade with overhead protection during the destruction oper-
ations.  Personnel must be behind a similar barricade.1174'2170'2230  This
process is satisfactory only for small quantities of KDNBF but provides a
potential NO  pollution problem when large quantities are detonated.
            X
                                  1S8

-------
     Option No.  1 - Controlled Incineration of Manufacturing Wastes

     The Army Ammunition Plants are currently investigating controlled
incineration processes for the disposal of waste high explosives and high-
explosive-contaminated wastes.  The systems under investigation include a
slurry-fed rotary kiln incinerator equipped with particulate abatement and
wet scrubbing devices.  Disposal systems of this type, when developed, will
be considered acceptable for use where recovery is not feasible economically
and the scrap KDNBF must be destroyed.  The slurry proportions employed are
three parts of water to one part finely divided explosive.  Incinerator
temperatures are maintained at about 1,200 F.

     The Army is also investigating the use of conveyor-fed municipal type
incinerators equipped with afterburners,  cyclones and wet scrubbers for
the disposal of high-explosive contaminated wastes.  Disposal systems of
this type when developed will be considered suitable for use on KDNBF
contaminated inert wastes.

  Option No. 2 - Detonator Destruction/Deactivation Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitari-
zation of detonators and primers is by burning or detonation in a specially
designed detonation furnace.  Small arms cartridges disassembled from the
projectile components can be demilitarized in a similar fashion.  The ex-
plosive-containing components are fed to the combustion chamber by means of
a channel chute and a special conveying device.  The detonator furnace
should be equipped with an afterburner to abate NO. and cyclones and
                                                  A
scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic dusts and fumes.  The bleed-
off from the recirculating scrubbing solution should be treated to prevent
discharge of lead and copper or pollutants, as detailed under the Profile
Reports for lead and copper compounds.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command
includes a deactivation furnace which is particularly suited to the disposal
                               199

-------
of primers, fuzes, and detonators containing KDNBF.  Intact component
primers, fuzes and detonators, produced by disassembly of scrap munitions,
are fed via an automated conveyor to an explosion-resistant steel rotary
kiln, countercurrent to an oil.or gas flame.  The rotary kiln 1s equipped
with steel screw flights to isolate the explosive charges from each other.
The explosive charge end of the kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature;
the kiln is about 25 ft in length, and the fired end opposite the ex-
plosive feed end is maintained at a gas temperature of about 1,200 F.  ,
Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.  In practice, the exit
gases should go through an afterburner, to complete oxidation of CO prior
to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower with caustic soda
or soda ash solution recirculated as scrubbing medium.  Bleed-off alkaline
solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.  The metallic com-
ponents are recovered as scrap after discharge from the kiln.

              6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The major use of KDNBF is as a primary explosive in military ammunition.
Ammunition manufacturing plants and ammunition storage depots which manu-
facture and process KDNBF have facilities for disposal of KDNBF and other
highly sensitive explosives.   KDNBF manufacturing scrap and contaminated
wastes which are not disposed  of  at these manufacturing plants and storage
depots is a candidate for disposal at National Disposal Sites, if the
specific waste can be handled  safely and transported safely.  The contam-
inated waste or scrap KDNBF from  manufacturing operations should be trans-
ported wet, in a vehicle properly equipped for safe transport of primary
explosives, and only, to the nearest satisfactory disposal site.  Surplus,
scrap or obsolete materials containing KDNBF should only be handled by
qualified ordnance demolition  personnel experienced 1n the disposal of
primary explosives.< If hazards to the disposal team and the public due
to handling and transportation to the nearest National Disposal Site are
deemed excessive by  the demolition team, the KDNBF should be disposed of
by detonation  in a cleared  area.
                                     200

-------
     The processes cited above under Option No.  1  are the only satisfactory
processes for disposal of moderate to large quantities of manufacturing
wastes containing KDNBF.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be demilita-
rized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal Sites under
the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be employed should
be that of Option No. 2 above.
                                201

-------
                              7.   REFERENCES
0225. American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists.  Threshold
        limits for 1971.   Occupational  Hazards, p 35-40, Aug. 1971.

0474. Tomlinson, W. R., Jr., revised by 0.  E.  Sheffield.  Properties of
        explosives of military interest. Technical Report No. 1740,
        Rev. 1, Picatinny Arsenal.   Apr. 1958.  348 p.

2170.  Ordnance, Corps» Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety manual,
        ORD7-224, Washington.  1951.

2230. Department of the Air Force.   Explosive  safety manual, AF Manual
        AFM127-100. Washington.  Dec. 21, 1971.
                                    202

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS HASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Potassium dinitrobenzfuroxan (536)
IUC Name
                                                              Structural Formula
Common Names
                 KDNBF
Molecular Wt.
                 267
                    
-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                      Primers and Detonators (520)

                               1.  GENERAL

     For purposes of this discussion, the following definitions will  apply:
     Primer:   A primer is a small heat,  impact and/or percussion-sensitive
component which is charged with a single explosive mixture containing (for
example) tetracene, PETN, mercury fulminate, lead azide or lead styphnate
and other active or activating ingredients, which are used as first
elements in explosive trains to ignite small arms propel 1 ants, black  powder
igniters and  detonating agents.  Primers will not initiate secondary  high
explosives reliably and do not destruct their containers  when fired.
     Detonator:  Detonators are relatively small, sensitive explosive com-
ponents which are employed to reliably initiate high order detonation in
secondary high explosive charges; they can be initiated by the output of
a primer or by percussion or electrical energy.  Detonators are loaded
with multiple charges including a primer charge and an intermediate/base
charge.  The primer charge materials are as mentioned above; intermediate/
base charges consist of (for example) lead azide, tetryl, RDX, diazodin-
itrophenol (DDNP) or PETN.  Detonators characteristically rupture their
cases when fired.

     Both the detonators and primers are generally housed in aluminum,
copper, stainless or gilding metal cups.  These are sealed with metal,
paper or plastic at the open end.

     The materials of interest from a hazardous waste standpoint are  those
which constitute the explosive mixture(s).  As these are treated as indi-
vidual compounds in other Profile Reports, the following statements will
be limited to the characteristics of the materials as mixed and loaded or
charged into primers and detonators.

                                  205

-------
                           2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Primer and detonator explosive materials are relatively benign with
respect to toxicology.  Because the containers are sealed, the components
can be considered hoh-toxic; ruptured or corroded containers, on the other
hand, may expose the explosive materials:  The toxicology of the materials
may then be determined by reference to the appropriate Profile Reports.

                ,        3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     The explosive materials used in detonators and primers are extremely
sensitive to friction, heat and impact, and undergo detonation when   ,
subjected to very mild energy input.  As loaded or charged into components',
the sensitivity is greatly reduced, but all handling should only be
accomplished by experienced ordnance personnel.  Operations involving
primers and detonators should be governed by personnel safety regulations
and supervised by a fully qualified safety engineer who is familiar with
the characteristics of the components involved.

     Older (possibly corroded) loaded components are a special case in
that case-corrosion products in many instances tend to produce a rharke'd
increase in the sensitivity of certain explosive materials.  In those
instances in which the components are corroded, all handling should be
remote-controlled and exposure of personnel minimized.

            4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The sensitivity of the explosive mixtures used in primers and detonators
generally requires that excess and scrap from charging operations be stored
under water until destroyed by burning or chemical action.  Primers a'nd
detonators are stored according to DOD regulations for Explosives, Group G,
and shipped according to  the  Department  of Transportation  (DOT) regulations
for Explosives,  Class C.      The waste  forms  containing primers and  de-
tonators are  for the most part surplus and obsolete military munitions
scheduled for disposal, and manufacturing wastes  composed  of scrap explo-
sive  and explosive-contaminated  "inert"  materials.  (The  "inert" materials

                                  206

-------
are almost always combustible wastes—cardborad, paperboard, fiberboard,
and the like).  The quantities by location of the primers and detonators,
and of the waste forms in which they are contained, are included in the
quantities listed under the headings "Initiating Agents and Primers" in the
tables covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes" and "Obsolete Conventional
Munitions" in Volume XIV of this report.

                 5.   EVALUATION OF  WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                  Option No.  1  - Detonator Destruction Furnace

     The method  approved by the Armed Forces for the  disposal of de-
 tonators  and  primers  by burning or detonation  in  a specially  designed
 detonator destruction furnace.       In  this  furnace,  the components are
 fed  to the combustion chamber  by means  of a  channel shute and a  special
 conveying  device.

      The  Chemical  Agent Munition Disposal  System  (formerly Transportable
 Disposal  System) under development by the U. S. Army  Materiel Command
 includes  a Deactivation Furnace which is particularly suited  to  the
 disposal  of small  charges  of  high  explosive  (including detonators  and
 primers).   Detonators and  primers, obtained  by disassembly of scrap
 munitions, are  fed  via an  automated conveyor to an explosion  resistant
 steel  rotary  kiln,  countercurrent  to an oil  or gas flame.   The  rotary
 kiln  is equipped with steel screw  flights to isolate  the explosive charges
 from  each  other.   The explosive charge  end of  the  kiln is at  about 500 F
 gas  temperature; the  kiln  is about 25 ft in  length, and the fired  end
 opposite  the  explosive feed end is maintained  at  a gas temperature of
 about 1,200 F.  Combustion  product  gas exits  through a cyclone.   In
 practice,  the exit  gases should go through an  afterburner,  to complete
 oxidation  of  CO, and  then  be scrubbed in a packed  tower to remove  toxic
 fumes  and  dusts  such  as NOV, mercury and lead.  A  recirculating  alkaline
                           A
 medium would  be  employed as the scrubber solution.  Bleed-off from the
 scrubbing  medium would be  treated  to remove  mercury and lead  (as indicated
 in the Profile  Reports for mercury and  lead  compounds) prior  to  neutralization
and discharge to sewer.
                              £07

-------
                     Option No.  2 - Burning Pit Detonation

     Detonators and primers discarded as manufacturing wastes  are detonated
in burning pits by applying heat from a fire or by electrical  ignition.
The components are placed on top of flammable substances such as straw and
the flammable substance is ignited by means of a squib.  Other explosives
must be kept behind a barricade with overhead protection during destruction
operations and located at a distance that assures safety.  Personnel  should
be similarly shielded.     '      This destruction process is not entirely
satisfactory because individual components may not detonate and will  constitute
a personnel hazard during cleanup.  Some NCL.and toxic metal particles or
                                           A
compounds will also be liberated during the destruction process on an unr
controlled basis.

                        Option No. 3 - Chemical Action

     Those primers and detonators  which  are charged with explosive
materials which can be decomposed  by acids may be chemically "killed" by
immersion in an acid bath of sufficient strength to destroy the seals.
This method permits recovery of the metallic components as scrap, but is
limited in application because the items must be segregated by explosive
mixture prior to treatment.

                  6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Plants manufacturing  primers  and  detonators have  facilities  for  the
disposal of the material discharged in waste streams, as scrap, or as
excess material.  Primers  and detonators from the civilian segment of the
economy which are not processed for disposal at the manufacturers facilities
are candidate waste stream constituents for National Disposal Sites if the
specific components can be handled and transported safely.  The disposal
process to be employed at  National Disposal Sites should be Option 1, as
recommended in Section 5.  Surplus, scrap or obsolete materials should only
be handled by qualified ordnance demolition personnel experienced in disposal
or primers and detonators.  In the event that hazards to the disposal team
                                      208

-------
and the public due to the condition of the components or to handling
and transport to the nearest National  Disposal  Site are deemed excessive
by the demolition team, the items should be disposed of by detonation in
a cleared area.  Transportation of all primers  and detonators should be
in vehicle properly equipped for safe transport of primary explosives,
and only to the nearest satisfactory disposal  site.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for  disposal  should be
demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal
Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be
employed for destruction of the primers and detonators, after disassembly
of the military ordnance devices, should be that of Option No. 1  above.
                            209

-------
                             7.    REFERENCES
1141.  Department of the Army and the Air Force.   Military  explosives,
        TM9-1910, Washington.   Apr.  1955.   336  p.

2169.  Fedoroff, B. J., Encyclopedia of explosives and related  items,  v.  1
        Picatinny Arsenal.   1960.  692 p.

2170.  Ordnance Corp. Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety  manual,
        ORDM7-224.  Washington.  1951.
                                      210

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                             Silver Azide (538)
                               1.   GENERAL

     Silver azide is a very vigorous initiator, almost as efficient as  lead
azide.  It is slightly hygroscopic; at room temperature in a damp  atmosphere
it picks up approximately 2 percent water.   Like lead azide, silver azide
decomposes under the influence of ultraviolet irradiation.  If the intensity
of the radiation is sufficiently high the crystals may explode.  Silver azide,
AgN~, is manufactured in the same way as lead azide, in aqueous solution,
                                                    2171
by reaction between sodium azide and silver nitrate.

     Silver azide has been used to a very limited extent in this country as
an initiator of explosives, but it has found use as a detonator in foreign
ammunition.  There is no current known manufacturer of silver azide in  the
United States.0474

     The physical/chemical properties of silver azide are summarized in the
attached worksheet.

                               2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Silver azide can be absorbed into the  body and the silver deposited in
body tissue causing greyish pigmentation of the skin, a condition  known as
"argyria."2169  The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) for silver azide dust for an
8-hour  day, 5 days per week has not been established, but hydrazoic acid,
which may be liberated upon acidification,  has a TLV of 1  mg/M .     For a
detailed discussion on the toxicology of hydrazoic acid (528) the  Profile
Report on this compound should be reviewed.
                                 211

-------
                             3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Silver azide is a detonating agent that Is so sensitive  to  heat,  impact,
electrical discharge, and friction that it undergoes detonation  when subjected
to a very mild thermal,mechan1cal, or electrical shock by a spark,  flame or
percussion.  Above Us melting point, 250 C, it decomposes rapidly  to  silver
and nitrogen.  When silver azlde has a very fine particle size,  almost
colloidal, it 1s safer to handle and 1s just as efficient and resistant to
hydrolysis as coarse crystalline material.  White silver azide 1s less
affected by light than mercury or lead azide.  If silver azide is precipitated
from ammonium hydroxide, long, colorless crystals are formed  which  explode
            D47A
on breaking.   *

                  4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

      In handling silver  azide,  contact with  the skin and breathing of dust
particles  must  be avoided.  Dust roust not be allowed to collect because of
the explosive hazard.  Discharge of electric sparks must be avoided.

    Silver azide is  classified  by Department of Transportation  (DOT) as an
Explosive, Class A and classified by the  Army as a Class 9, Group M
ixplosive. ^^

    Though procedures are twt published,  it  appears that waste silver azide
can be  destroyed in nearly the  same manner as lead azide except that steps
should  be  taken to recover the  silver.  The  safe disposal of silver azide
is defined in terms of the recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere,
1n potable water, and in marine habitats.  These recoraraended provisional
limits  are as follows:
                                      212

-------
                                                          Basis for
Contaminant in Air          Provisional  Limit          Recommendation
  Silver Azide              0.0001 mg/M3 as Ag              0.01 TLV for Ag.

Contaminant in Water                                      Basis for
	and Soil              Provisional  Limit          Recommendation
  Silver Azide              0.05 mg/1 as Ag             Drinking Water
                                                        Standard
Silver azide waste forms include scrap or obsolete foreign ammunition,
and wastes from the manufacture of experimental  lots of the material.
The quantity of such wastes in the continental United States is not
known, but is estimated to be extremely small.

                   5.   EVALUATION OF  WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      Silver azide is  not  being manufactured  at  present, and  therefore,  specific
 disposal  procedures have  not been published.  With  some modification, the
 procedures  used  for the disposal  of  lead  azide  can  be  employed.  Processes
 that  can  be used for  the  disposal  of silver  azide are  briefly  discussed  in
 the following paragraphs  with recommendations as  to adequacy.

                          Option No.  1 - Detonation

      The  Ordnance Safety  Manual recommends detonation  as  the best  method for
 disposal  of all  initiating explosives.       In  the  use of this procedure,
 bags  containing  the explosive should be  kept wet while being transported
 to the  demolition area.   Several  bags are removed from a  container and
 :arried to  a  destruction  pit, placed in  intimate  contact  with  each other,
 and a blasting cap placed between the bags to initiate the explosives.   All
 remaining explosives  should be kept  behind a barricade with  overhead
 protection  during destruction operations.  In the use  of  this  method, the
 silver  present cannot be  recovered,  but will  be lost to the  soil in the
 demolition  area.   This method is  not environmentally acceptable and should
 not be  used unless the hazards of transportation and handling  for  disposal
 via the technique of  Option 2 outweigh the ecological  impact of detonation.
                                   213

-------
                  Option No.  2 - Oxidation  with  Nitrous Acid

     Silver azide can be destroyed by oxidation with nitrous acid.   This
process involves wetting the  silver azide with 500 times its weight of
water, slowly adding 12 times its weight of 25 percent sodium nitrite,
                                                                        0474
stirring, and then adding 14  times its weight of 36 percent nitric acid.
Any NO  fumes evolved should  be  removed by scrubbing the evolved gases with
an alkaline solution,  After  letting the mixture stand for 16 hrs, the silver
present should be recovered by  electrolysis.  Before discharging the silver-
stripped decomposition  solution, the pH should be adjusted with lime or
caustic to 6.0 to 9.5 and the neutralized  solution diluted to a nitrate and
nitrite concentration of 250  ppm or less.

    The process listed  in Profile Report for disposal of lead azide (529)
under  Option No. 7—Detonator  Destruction/Deactivation Furnace Incin-1
eration—is suitable for the  deactivatior^of obsolete foreign ordnance
devices containing silver a?ide.

                   6:  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Silver azide waste, and  silver azide  contaminated wastes from the
manufacture of experimental lots of material are candidates for National
Disposal Sites if the specific waste can be handled and transported safely.
The silver azide wastg should be transported wet, in a vehicle properly
equipped for transport of primary explosives, and only to the nearest
satisfactory disposal site.   The disposal  process to be employed should be
Option 2 (Section 5).  Silver azide wastes should be handled only by qualified
ordnance demolition personnel experienced  in handling either silver azide or
lead azide.  If hazards to the  disposal team and the public from transportation
to the nearest National Disposal Site are  deemed too high, or if the silver
azide is suspected of being contaminated with copper azide, the waste
should be destroyed by detonation in a cleared area.

     Scrap or obsolete foreign  ordnance devices should be destroyed at .a
National Disposal S'tte by the technique given as Option No. 7 in the
Profile Report on lead azide  (529).
                    c.
                                     214

-------
                              7.    REFERENCES


0474. Tomlinson, W.  R.  Jr.,  revised by 0.  E. Sheffield.   Properties of
        explosives military  interest.  Technical  Report No.  1740,  Rev. 1.
        Apr.  1958.

0536. Water quality criteria.  Report of the National  Technical Advisory
        Committee to the Secretary of Interior.  Washington,  Federal Water
        Pollution Control  Administration.  Apr.  1,  1968.  234  p.

0095. Laboratory waste disposal  manual. (Revised as  of May  1970).  Washington,
        Manufacturing Chemists Association. 1970.  175 p.

2169. Fedoroff, B. T.  Encyclopedia of explosives  and related  items. V.I.
        Dover, Picatinny Arsenal.  1960. 692 p.

2170. Ordnance Corps, Department of the Army.  Ordnance safety  manual ORDM-224,
        Washington,  1951.

2171. Urbanski, Todeusz, Chemistry and technology  of explosives,  V.III.
        Warszawa, Polish Scientific Publishers,  1967.  Translated by Jurecki,
        Marian, New York,  Pergamon Press.  714  p.
                                 215

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Silver azide  (538)
IUC Name     Silver azide
Common Names	
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                                     AgN,
                  '49'9
Molecular Wt. 	
Density (Condensed)4.8 g/ml
Vapor Pressure (recommended 5b°C and 20°Q
                                     Melting  Pt.     25° c
                                   25  JC _ [.Density (gas)
                                                          (•>•,
                                                                               297-300 C
                                                                    Soiling Pt. explodes
                                                                                         /1}
                                              §
Flash Point
                                   Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air {wt %)    Lower
Explosive Limits in Air (wt. X)      Lower
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
                                         ,,,
                                       ** \ ' /
Solubility
    Cold Water  3.9 x IP"5 mq/1  at 17 Hot Water
    Others:	
Acid, Base Properties	
                                                                                           (1)
                                                                      Ethanol slightly soluble
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in  wet with water or 50:50 water ethanol  in bags.
                                                           '
ICC Classification  explosive, Class "A" *  *      Coast Guard OassificationExplosive "Class A"
 Comments
References  (1)     2169

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

         Tetrazene  [4-Guanyl-1 -(Nitroaminoguanyl)-1-Tetrazene]

                                1.  GENERAL

     Tetrazene is a pale-yellow, fluffy,  crystalline solid  that  is  prepared
by adding sodium nitrite to a sqlution  of 1-aminoguanidine  hydrogen carbonate
in dilute acetic acid at 30 C.  After 24  hours the precipitated  tetrazene  is
collected on a filter, washed thoroughly  with water and alcohol, and dried
at room temperature.

     When exposed to a flame, tetrazene undergoes a mild explosion  producing
a large amount of black smoke.  Its ignition  temperature is much lower than
that of mercury fulminate, although the two compounds have  the same order
of sensitivity to impact.  Tetrazene does not initiate TNT  or tetryl, but
detonates uncompressed PETN.  The ease  of ignition, high heat of explosion,
and the large volume of gaseous products  given off during explosion give
tetrazene its practical value as an ingredient for priming  compositions.
Tetrazene is relatively stable below 75 C but at 100 C it undergoes extensive
decomposition.

     The  fact that tetrazene  does  not  easily .pass  from burning  to  detonation
makes  tetrazene  unsuitable  for  detonators.   It  is  used as  initiating explosive
in  ignition caps,   where  even 2 percent  in the  composition  results  in
improved  uniformity of percussion  and  friction  sensitivity  and makes it
suitable  as a  sensitizer  for  friction  compositions.0474'1147'1433'2171

     The  physical/chemical properties  for tetrazene are summarized  in the
attached  worksheet.
                                  217

-------
                                                        21485-6013-RU-00
                            2.  TOXICOLOGY

      The toxicity of tetrazene is unknown, and no Threshold Limit Value
 (TLV) has been established.  The material is insoluble in water, and
 is therefore assumed to be capable of only minor toxic effects.

                            3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     Tetrazene is an explosive that is so sensitive to electrical  discharge,
impact, friction and heat that it undergoes detonation when  subjected to a
very mild thermal, mechanical  or electrical shock by a spark,  flame  or
percussion.  It has a lower explosion temperature (154 C)  than most  other
initiating agents.  It is its  ease of ignition that renders  it useful  in
priming compositions along with lead azide in explosive rivets.   It  is as
sensitive to impact as mercury fulminate and diazodinitrophenol.

                  4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

       In the manufacturing process, waste tetrazene from precipitation and
 washing operations is collected in settling tanks for treatment by the
 process described  in Section 5.  Excess tetrazene is also disposed of in
 the  same manner.   Waste tetrazene should be kept wet until treated.     *

                    Handling, Storage, and Transportation

      There is no standard grade of tetrazene for military use, but  the
 handling and storage of tetrazene is the same as for most initiating agents.
 It is packaged for storage or shipment wet with water.  If shipment or
 storage under low  temperature conditions is anticipated,  a mixture  of
 equal weights of water and ethanol is used.  Up to 25 Ib   of tetrazene is
 placed in a bag with 20 percent liquid.  Six such tied bags are  placed
 in a  large bag and then the large bag is placed in a waterproof container
 along with wet sawdust.  Not more than 150 Ib  of tetrazene is permitted in
 a single container.

                                   218

-------
     Tetrazene is shipped wet under DOD regulations for an Explosive, Class
A.  It is covered by DOD regulations for an explosive with a sensitivity of
Class 9K Group M.0766'1147'2230

     Because tetrazene is a sensitive explosive, it is recommended that no
tetrazene be released to the environment.
      No  provisional  limits have been established  for tetrazene.  The
 waste forms  containing  tetrazene  are for  the most part  surplus  and  obsolete
 military munitions  scheduled  for  disposal, and manufacturing wastes composed
 of scrap, explosive and explosive-contaminated "inert"  materials. (The
 inert materials  are almost always combustible wastes-cardboard, paperboard,
 fiberboard,  and the like).  The quantities by location  of  tetrazene and
 of the waste forms  in which it is contained, are  included  in the quantities
 listed under the  headings  "Initiating Agents and  Primers"  in the tables
 covering "Explosive Manufacturing Wastes." and "Obsolete Conventional
 Munitions" in Volume XIV titled Waste Forms and Quantities.

                5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

      The processing options for the disposal of tetrazene  are briefly
 described in the  following paragraphs together with recommendations as to
 adequacy.  Because  of the explosive hazard, it is recommended that only
 personnel  trained in handling initiating  agents perform the disposal operations

                      Option No. 1 - Treatment with Steam
      Tetrazene in sumps associated with its manufacture and excess wet
 tetrazene are usually decomposed  by passing steam into  water containing
 tetrazene crystals.   As the temperature of the solution reaches the boiling
 point, the tetrazene decomposes with the  liberation of  two molecules of
 nitrogen per molecule of tetrazene.  The  products of the decomposition may
 be sent  to a sewage treatment plant.  This process is satisfactory  and is
         ^ A  •  -M  !•«.   +        •   A 0474,1147,2230
 recommended  in all  literature reviewed.
                                  219

-------
              Option No. 2 - Treatment with Aqueous Sodium Hydroxide

     On hydrolysis of tetrazene with 10 percent sodium hydroxide in water,
ammonia, cyanamide and triazonitroaminoguanidine are produced.  This method,
though satisfactory, is not aften used because the process is more complex
than the one described under Option 1.  In this process, the sodium hydroxide
in the reacting solution must be neutralized before discharging to a
sewer.1147

   Option No. 3 Detonator Destructioh/Deactiyation Furnace Incineration

     The method currently approved by the Armed Forces for the demilitarization
of ignition caps and other initiating devices containing tetrazene is by
burning or detonation in specially designed detonation furnace.  Ammunition
cartridges disassembled from the projectile components can be demilitarized
in a similar fashion.  The cartridges/initiating devices are fed to the
combustion chamber by means of a channel chute and a special conveying
device.  The detonator furnace should be equipped with an afterburner to
abate NOV, and cyclones and scrubbing towers for the removal of metallic
        X
dusts and fumes.  The bleed-off from the recirculating scrubbing solution
should be treated to prevent discharge of lead and copper as pollutants,
as detailed under the Profile Reports for lead and copper compounds.

     The Chemical Agent Munition Disposal System (formerly Transportable
Disposal System) under development by the U. S. Army Materiel Command
includes a deactivation furnace which Is partcularly suited to the disposal
of military devices containing tetrazene.  Intact initiating devices, pro-
duced by disassembly of scrap munitions, are fed via an automated conveyor
to an explosion-resistant rotary kiln, countercurrent to an oil or gas
flame.  The rotary kiln is equipped with steel screw flights to isolate
the explosive charges from each other.  The explosive charge end of the
kiln is at about 500 F gas temperature; the kiln is about 25 ft in length,
and the fired end opposite the explosive feed end is maintained at a gas
temperature of ^bout 1,200 F. Combustion product gas exits through a cyclone.
In practice, the exit gases should go through an afterburner, to complete
oxidation of CO prior to the cyclone, and then be scrubbed in a packed tower
                                      220

-------
with caustic soda or soda ash solution red rail ated as scrubbing medium.
Bleed-off alkaline solution, after neutralization, would exit to sewer.
The metallic components are recovered as scrap after discharge from the
kiln.

                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The major use of tetrazene is as an initiating explosive in military
ammunition and ordnance devices, and in commercial ignition caps and
explosive bolts.  Explosive and ammunition manufacturing plants, and those
processing tetrazene for use in commercial devices have facilities for
disposal of tetrogen discharged in waste streams, as scrap or as excess
material.  Tetrazene wastes which are not disposed of at the manufacturing
plants are candidates for National Disposal Sites if the specific waste
can be handled and transported safely.  Tetrazene wastes other than obsolete
munitions should be transported wet, in a vehicle properly equipped for
transportation of primary explosives and only to the nearest satisfactory
disposal site, the disposal process to be employed at National Disposal
Sites should be Option No. 1 (Section 4).  Scrap and contaminated wastes
should be handled only by qualified ordnance personnel, experienced in
disposal of tetrazene.  In the event that hazards to the team and the public
from handling and transportation to the nearest National Disposal Site
are deemed excessive by the disposal team, the tetrazene waste should be
destroyed by detonation in a cleared area.

     Obsolete military munitions scheduled for disposal should be
demilitarized and disposed of by the Armed Forces at National Disposal
Sites under the cognizance of the Armed Forces.  The technique to be
employed should be that of Option No. 3 above.
                                 221

-------
                            6.    REFERENCES


0474. Tom!ihsbrii W. R., Jr.  revised by 0.  E..Sheffield.   Properties of
        explosives of military interest, Technical  Report No.  1740, Rev.  1,
        Picatirihy Arsenal, Apr.  1958.   348 p.

0766. Sax, N.  I. Dangerous properties  of industrial  materials.   3d ed.  New
        York,  Reinhold Publishing Corporation,  1968.   1,251  p.

1147,. Department of the Army and Air Force, Military Explosives, TM9-1910,
        Washington, Apr. 1955.  336p.

1433. Kirk-Othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology.   2d ed.  22     New  York,
        Intersciehce Publishers, 1963.

2171. Urbanshi, Todeusz, translated by Marian Jurecki,  Chemistry and  technology
        of explosives,  V.III, Warszawa, Polish  Scientific Publishers, 1967,
        translation Pergamori Press, New York.   714  p.

2230. Department of the Air Force, Explosive safety manual,  AF  Manual AFM127-100,
        Washington.  Dec. 2, 1971.
                                     222

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name   Tetrazene  (542)
                                                               Structural  Formula
IUC Name   4-guanyl-1-(n1trosoaminoguanyl)-l-Tetrazene
Common Names tetracene
                                                           HNV              NH
                                                             * C-NH-NH-N=N-C'
                                                           \\ ^            XNH-NH-NO
Molecular Wt.     188.16	    Melting  Pt.   140-160 C  explodesBoiling Pt._
Density (Condensed)   1.05      @ 3000  psi^density  (gas)	0	,

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
Flash Point	         Autoignition  Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	   Upper_

Solubility
    Cold Water   insoluble^^	  Hot  Water_Jnsol_u_ble at 100 C^thanol  insoluble*1

    Others:	•ip^ni^

Acid, Base Properties_
                                                  decomposes
                insnlnhle. CC1..  banaene,  ether,  soluble  - HC1
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with_
Shipped in   bags,  wet
                                     (!)Explosive,   >
ICC Classification Explosive.  Class  A	  Coast Guard Classification Class A    (})

Comments	_^	.
References (1)  0474
                                            223

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT

                  Chloroacetophenone (107)  Tear Gas  (CN)  (422)

                               1.    GENERAL  N
     Chloroacetophenone, also known as tear gas (CN),  is  a  very  effective
solid lachrymator produced by chlorination  of acetophenone  or  by a  Friedel-
Crafts reaction of benzene with chloroacetyl chloride.  The chlorination of
acetophenone is accomplished by direct reaction with chlorine  in acetic
acid solution or with selenium oxychloride  in a benzene solution.   In  the
Friedel-Crafts reaction, chloroacetyl  chloride  is  added to  benzene  in  the
presence of aluminum chloride catalyst.0778*1492'1662

     Chloroacetophenone is relatively stable and slow  to  react.   It will
react with most of the usual compounds that couple with the aliphatic
carbonyl group such as hydroxylamine and hydrazine.  However,  sodium
bisulfite does not react with Chloroacetophenone.   It  is  stable  when
                                                                 0788
exposed to detonation and has good thermal  stability up to  300 C.
The physical/chemical properties for Chloroacetophenone are summarized in
the attached worksheet.

                              2.    TOXICOLOGY
     In very low concentrations in air Chloroacetophenone has  an odor
resembling apple blossoms.  An intolerable  level is  considered to be 4.5 mg
per cubic meter while a concentration of 850 mg per  cubic meter  is  estimated
to be lethal.  The symptoms include tearing, burning of the eyes, and
difficulty in breathing.  The Threshold Limit Value  (TLV) (ACGIH) is 0.3 mg
per cubic meter (0.05 ppm).      No data of the effects of  Chloroacetophenone
on plants or aquatic life are available.

                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     When Chloroacetophenone is heated to decomposition,  it emits toxic fumes.
It reacts slowly with steam to produce toxic and corrosive  fumes.
                                225

-------
                  4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Though the vapor pressure of chloroacetophenone is relatively low
(equilibrium concentration at 20 C is 0.11 mg/1), the vapor pressure which
develops is sufficient to make a terrain contaminated with it impassible
without a protective mask.  The fact that chloroacetophenone does not
decompose at its own boiling point makes it possible to pour the melted
compound directly into shells and to mix the material with explosives such
as TNT.  It is a persistent lachrymator.  Solutions of tear gas (CN) spread
on the terrain may retain their effects for hours or days.

     When working with chloroacetophenone ventilation control must be
maintained.  Self-contained breathing masks must be available and protective
clothing and rubber gloves worn.      Chloroacetophenone is shipped in glass
bottles under Department of Transportation regulations for Class C poison
                     -, .  -, 0766
requiring a tear gas label.

     The safe disposal of CN is defined in terms of the recommended
provisional limits  in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine
habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are:
Contaminant in          Provisional Limits     Basis for Recommendation
    Air	
Chloroacetophenone       0.003 mg/M                  0.01 TLV
Contaminant in           Provisional Limits    Basis for Recommendation
Water  and Soil
Chloroacetophenone        (Data on ingestion toxicity completely
                          lacking).

                 5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

     Chloroacetophenone is expected to appear primarily as a packaged waste,
in a mixture such as MACE, or with explosives whose composition is known.

     Information furnished to TRW by the California Department of Justice,
and a  major riot control device manufacturer, indicates that there are no
                                     226

-------
local government waste disposal  requirements for overage and obsolete
riot control devices/agents.  Governmental  law enforcement agencies  (local)
use all of the overage or obsolete devices  for training exercises.   There
are some stocks of riot control  agents of Federal  (Defense) storage  points
scheduled for disposal. The quantities and  locations of these agents are
given in Volume XIV titled "Waste Forms and Quantities".

     The disposal  processing options are briefly described in the
following paragraphs, together with recommendations as to their adequacy.

                   Option No. 1  - Incineration

     When chloroacetophenone and mixtures of chloroacetophenone are
packaged with easily combustible materials, the following process recom-
mended by the Manufacturing Chemists Association, appears to be satisfac-
     1141
tory.      The chloroacetophenone-containing waste is dissolved in an
organic solvent (usually benzene or an alcohol) and sprayed into an
incinerator equipped with an afterburner and alkalie scrubber.

                 Option No.2 - Reaction with Sodium Sulfide

     Chloroacetophenone reacts with sodium sulfide in alcoholic or alcohol-
water solutions to form bis-(acetylphenyl)-thioether (melting point  74 C)
which shows no physiological effect.      This process is attractive
because it not only converts the chloroacetophenone into a compound  that
has no physiological effect, but most explosive nitro compounds, when
present, are decomposed to nonexplosive compounds.  This process results
in the liberation of hydrogen sulfide, which must be collected by an alka-
line scrubber.  The alcohol solution containing the decomposed compounds
may be sprayed into an incinerator equipped with an alkali  scrubber to
remove any hydrogen chloride, nitric oxide, and sulfur oxides formed.

               Option No.3 - Reaction with  Sodium Thiosulfate
     By boiling in an alcohol-water solution with sodium thiosulfate, the
sodium salt of acetylphenyl thiosulfonic acid is obtained.
                                 227

-------
                        CgH5COCH2 * S203Na

The thiosulfonate solution must then be sprayed into an incinerator
equipped with an alkali scrubber.  This process converts the chloro-
acetophenone into a compound that shows no physiological effect, but
incineration of the thiosulfonate is required.  This option does not,
in most cases, offer any advantages over Options No.l and No.2.

                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     Chloroacetophenone in small quantities as a packaged waste and as a
mixture with other materials is expected to require disposal.   It is
anticipated that the expertise required for treating a lachrymator will
not be available at the source of the waste generation.  Therefore,
Chloroacetophenone is judged to be a candidate waste stream constituent
for National Disposal Sites.  Disposal processes recommended are those of
Option No.l or Option No.2.
                                    228

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0766. Sax, N.  I.  Dangerous  properties of industrial materials.  3d ed.
        Reinhold  Publishing Corporation, 1968.  1,251 p.

0778. Franke,  S.   Manual  of military chemistry.  Chemistry of Chemical
        Warfare Agents,   v. 1.   East Berlin, Deutscher Militarverlag, 1967,

1141. Manufacturing  Chemists Association, Laboratory waste disposal
        manual. 2d ed. Washington,  1969. 161 p.

1492. Merck index of chemicals  and  drugs, 7th ed. Rahway, Merck Company,
        Inc.  1960. 1,634  p.

1662. Shreve,  R.  N.   Chemical process industries. 2d ed. New York,
        McGraw-Hill  Book  Company Inc.,  1956.  1,004 p.
                            229

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS HASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name Chloroacetophenone  (107)
IUC Name  M-Chloroacetophenone
Common Names   Phenacyl Chloride
                                                               Structural  Formula
                                                                 -C-C H2C1
Molecular Wt. 154.6
                   (1)
                                     Melting  Pt.   S8-59C
                                                        (2)
                                                    Boiling Pt.139-141 C
                                                                        (2)
Density (Condensed) 1.321
                                @ 2QC
                              Density (gas)_
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
 0.012 torr   @  0
                                    0.16 TorrJL_5Q_L.
Flash Point
               	         Autolgnltlon Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	
Explosive Limits  in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water_
    Others:
                  0.1% (w/w)
                            (2)
         	Hot Water_
Soluble, ether, benzene^ '
Ethanol  Soluble
                                                                       (2)
Acid, Base Properties  None
Highly Reactive with     Hydroxvamine
Compatible with   most materials  of construction
Shipped in   Bottles
                    (T)
ICC Classification  Class  C  Poison
Commen ts	
                                  (1)
                                                Coast Guard Classification  Class  C  Poison
                                                                                          (11
References (1)   1301
           (2)   0778
                                               230

-------
                      ORGANOPHOSPHOROUS NERVE AGENTS
                             GB(287).  VX(288)

                            1.   GENERAL
     The  preparation of organic  phosphorus  compounds dates  to  the  last
 century.   Over one  hundred years ago  tetraethyl  pyrophosphate  was
 prepared  by Wurtz.  The toxicity of this  compound was  not recognized
until the 1930's.  In 1932 Lange and von Krueger reported the toxic pro-
perties of a group of compounds of the class of organic phosphorus •com-
pounds.  They observed that even in very minute quantities the vapors of
monofluorophosphoric acid alkyl ester caused, within a few minutes of
their inhalation, breathing difficulties lasting several hours, slight
disturbances of the consciousness, and painful light sensitivity.

     Systematic research in Germany under the direction of the IG-Farben-
industrie chemist, G.  Schrader, led to the discovery of highly toxic
organic phosphorus compounds.  Under the strictest military  secrecy, as
a part of the German military chemical development program,  the prerequi-
sites for larger scale industrial production of some compounds suitable
for use as chemical warfare agents were created.

     GB, Propoxy (2)-methylphosphoryl  fluoride was first prepared in
Germany in 1938-39 as a military agent for poisoning the atmosphere, food
supplies, water supply systems, etc.   At the end of World War II, two plants
for large scale production of this lethal  agent were under construction
with a combined capacity of 600 tons per month.  It can be prepared by a
number of techniques including the transposition method illustrated below.
                    CH,>OH                         >1QOC
             PCI3   —^	     (CH30)2 P  - OH

             CH,0V    0           00
                      II           II   II            HF
                      P - OH, CH--P-0-P-CH,        100 - 200C"
                                J f   |    3
             CH3 '                OH  OH
3-25 atm
                             231

-------
                CH- - P
                  3    \
                      OF         (CH3)CHOH  (CH^2    CHO
                                                      CH3
     GC is a colorless, odorless liquid of relatively low vapor pressure.
It is hygroscopic and mixes with water in any ratio.  It is thermally dis-
sociate^ by heating to the vicinity of its boiling point.

     VX, D-ethyl S-(2-diisopropyl aminoethyl 1) methyl phosphonothioate is  a
member of a family of compounds of phosphoryl cholines and phosphoryl thio-
cholines called V agents.  The V agents are a further development of the
compounds synthesized and studied by Tammelin at the Swedish Research
Institute of National Defense.  On the basis of their extreme toxicity and
militarily appropriate physical and chemical properties, the V agents are
important chemical warfare agents.  The techniques for the preparation of
VX are classified.  VX is a colorless, odorless liquid with a very low
vapor pressure and is thus classified as a persistent agent.

     Organic phosphorus chemical warfare agents (Table 1) are used as liquids,
as sprays, and as aerosols.  Long lasting contamination of the atmosphere is
possible due to their volitility, their good aerosol properties and their
higii toxicity.  Both GB and VX are usable as aerosols under all meteoro-
logical conditions.  Their period of effectiveness increases with de-
creasing temperature.  Under favorable meteorological conditions with
organic phosphorus chemical warfare agents the detonation or vaporization
cloud may spread up to 30 kilometers from the point of origin.  Beyond
that range concentrations may still be present which lead to combat
incapacity.                        *

     The United States stockpiles many types of weapons which utilize
organophosphorus agents.  These include mortar and howitzer shells, rockets,
bombs and landmines.     '      The quantity of these agents in the
United States and other arsenals  is classified, but it is known that
over five and one-half million Ib of GB are contained in M34 1000-1 b
bombs scheduled to be destroyed and detoxified at Rocky Mountain arsenal.  °956

-------
                                TABLE 1
SOME U.S.  MUNITIONS CONTAINING ORGANOPHOSPHORUS CHEMICAL WARFARE AGENTS
Ammunition CW Agent Delivery Ammunition
Device Wt. Pounds
Shells
M360 GB
M121A1 GB/VX
Ml 22 • GB
M426 GB/VX
Rocket Warheads
M55 GB/VX
Bombs
MC-1 GB
MK94 GB
Mines
M23 VX
Sprayer
TMU-28/B VX
105mm howitzer
155mm howitzer
155 cannon
Sin howitzer
155mm rocket
750 Ib Bomb
500 Ib Bomb
chemical agent
mine

chemical agent
44
100
100
199
57
725
441
23

1935
CW Agent Explosive
Wt. Pounds Wt. Pounds
1.6 1.1
6.5 Burster Charge
6.5 Burster Charge
14.5 Burster Charge
10.7 3.2
220 Burster Charge
108 Burster Charge
12.5 1.0

1356 None
                         spray
                           233

-------
                         2.   TOXICITY0778'  °958

      The  organophosphorus  chemical  warfare agents  are  powerful  cholin-
 esterase  inhibitors.  In  their  molecular structure  they resemble acetyl-
 choline and  have  the  property  of  restricting  and inhibiting the biocata-
 lytic activities  of the  choline esterases  required for the transmission
 of nerve  impulses.

      GB is a rapid acting  lethal  agent.  The  hazard  from GB is  primarily
 that  of vapor absorption through  a  respiratory  tract although it can be
 absoroed  through  any  part  of the  skin,  through  the eyes and through the
 gastrointestinal  tract by  ingestion.  When dispersed as large droplets,
 GB is moderately  persistent; it is  non-persistent  when disseminated as a
 cloud of  very fine particles.  Skin contact with the liquid agent or in-
 halation  of  agent aerosol  (or  vapor)  are the  most  common causes of exposure.
 The agent absorption  rate  is accelerated through cuts  and abrasions in the
 skin.  The results of agent  exposure  are as follows.   The early symptoms
 of vapor  or  aerosol exposure are:  (1) pinpointing  of eye pupils and dimness
 of vision; (2)  running nose; (3)  tightness of chest; (4) difficulty in
 breathing.   Early symptoms of  skin  contact exposure  are localized sweating
 and muscular twitching.  Later symptoms  indicating severe exposure are
(1)  nausea and possible vomiting,(2) cramps and  involuntary defecation and/
 or urination, (3)  headache  or drowsiness, (4) coma,  and(5) convulsion.  For
 a  lethal  dose,  death  occurs  by heart  failure.

      The  effects  of concentration are as follows.   Exposures  of 2 min. to
 a  level of 0.002  to 0.002  mg/1 result  in  the early symptoms described
 above.  These last for up  to 4 to 5 days.   A  15-min. exposure to this
 level of  concentration may produce  death.   Severe  intoxications, which
 sometimes have fatal  outcome occur  with concentrations of 0.005 to 0.01
 mg/1  with 5-min.  exposure.   Symptoms  may last several  weeks.  With concen-
 trations  of  0.02  to 0.03 mg/1  and an  exposure time 2 to 5 min.  death
 occurs from  heart failure  after 10  to 20 min.  The symptoms may change
 with  rapid succession.   After  a few minutes the victim becomes  unconscious.
 The toxicity (LD5Q) of the liquid on  the skin is approximately  30 to 50 mg
                                      234

-------
                           07fifi
per kilogram of body weight:    Small drops of GB on the human skin suffice to
cause the early symptoms.

     VX is also a lethal rapid acting'nerve agent.  The hazard from VX is
primarily that of liquid absorption through the skin, although it can be
absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract by ingestion or through the
respiratory tract as a vapor or aerosol.  VX is slow to evaporate and may
persist as a liquid for several days.  The symptoms of exposure to VX are
very similar to those for GB given above, except that under severe exposure
convulsion is followed by cessation of breathing and death.  VX has
liquid LD50's of the order of 0.03 to 0.3 mg per kilogram of body weight
and are therefore 1,000 to 10,000 times more toxic than GB.
                           3.  OTHER HAZARDS

     The low volatility of GB and VX eliminates any flammable and exposure
hazards from these agents.  Both will decompose under severe heating to
give off pollutants such as HF and H2S.   Under mild heating the vapor
pressures of both agents are raised, significantly increasing the hazard
of direct poisoning by the agents.  Upon combustion both agents produce
pollutants, GB giving HF and P90,- and VX giving SO , NO  and P90(..
                              £ 0                 A    X      £ D

             4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE  WASTE MANAGEMENT

                    Handling.  Storage, and Transportation

     The extreme toxicity  of  GB  and  VX presents a very  special challenge
to  the determination  and  utilization of adequate safety and  handling pro-
cedures.   The  gas  mask  and protective clothing are  designed  to prevent
liquid, aerosol, or vapor  contact with the individual.  Personal  hygiene
is  particularly  important  to  limiting hazards.  Skin should  be kept clean
and dry decreasing the  rate of absorption of  any agent  reaching  the
surface.   Water  foodstuffs,  and  fruits of the field must not be  used
before chemical  examination.
                               235

-------
     Materials exposed to organophosphorus chemical warfare agents must
be decontaminated before handling.  They can be decontaminated by alkali
hydroxides, ammonia, alkali carbonates, alkali hypochlorites, basic chloride
and hydrogen peroxide.  For decontamination of the ground and of streets
and roads, alkali hydroxide solutions, chloride of lime suspensions, or
hypochlorite solutions are used.  Vehicles, technological equipment, etc.,
are decontaminated with hydroxide or hypochlorite solutions.  Ammonia,
soda, phenolate and lime solutions are used for materials which might be
corroded by the strong alkali hydroxides.  For decontamination of the
skin and articles of personal equipment, copper (II) chelates, hydozamic
acids, dilute hydrogen peroxide solutions and weak alkaline solutions
can be used.

     GB and VX can both be stored for extended periods in steel containers
when a stabilizer such as an amine is added.  Transportation of these
agents is handled by the military, who utilize special sealed vans designed
to contain any leakage.

                             Disposal/Reuse

     The highly specific military application of GB and VX and their
toxicity precludes their application to non-military situations in either
diluted or concentrated form.  Reprocessing for other military applications
also does not appear practical.  The safe disposal of the agents is defined
in terms of the recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere.  No
data for marine or soil environments are available.

  Contaminant in Air        Maximum Concentrations  Basis for Recommendation
         GB                   0.000003 mg/m3             U.S. Army*
         VX                   0.000003 mg/m3             U.S. Army*
 *Standards proposed by Surgeon General of U.S. Army for chemical
  demi1i tari zati on.0958
                                         >36

-------
              5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                              Dilute Wastes

     Option No.1 - Hydrolysis.  Water containing wastes from the manufacture,
handling or disposal of organophosphorus agents can most easily be treated
using caustic soda to accelerate the hydrolysis reactions.  The products
of these reactions for GB and VX solutions have a much lower toxicity
than the agents themselves.

     GB undergoes its first reaction at the P-F bond and then at the P-0
single bond.  Normal reaction products are sodium fluoride and the sodium
salt of methyl isopropyl phosphoric acid.  Figure 1 shows the effect of
pH on the half-life of GB.  Specific information for VX is not available
although similar compounds are known to have much slower rates of hydro-
lysis.  The thio-choline type compounds are first attacked at the P-S
bond.  Quantitative conversion is possible only by the use of strong
alkalies in moderately concentrated solutions.  Heating of the hydrolysis
mixture increases the rate at which the reactions occur.  These techniques
are adequate for dilute systems if agent concentration is monitored and
the salt products dried and stored.

                          Concentrated Wastes

     Option No.2 - Incineration (Transportable Disposal  System).  In April of
1969, the Army prepared a plan for development of a transportable system
capable of disposing of any of the chemical munitions now stockpiled by
the Department of Defense.  Because of the presence of a large variety of
chemical munitions and because of the availability of engineering person-
nel and shop facilities, the South Area of Tooele Army Depot was selected
for test and operation of the Transportable Disposal System (TDS).   The
system design is based on the removal of the chemical warfare agent from
the various munitions and the separate incineration of the agent, casings
                                 237

-------
1000
                             I
                             6

                            pH
8
10
12
     Figure  1.   Hydrolysis of GB as  a  function of the hydrogen-
                ion concentration at 25  C.
                          238

-------
and explosives and propellants.  The TDS consists of twelve major subsystems:
(1) Explosive Containment Cubicle (ECC) for the removal of explosives from
explosive-loaded munitions; (2) Projectile Demilitarization Facility (PDF)
for the removal of agents from projectiles and mortar ammunition and the
decontamination of the empty hardware; (3) Bulk Item Facility (BIF) for the
removal of agent from non-explosive containing bombs and ton cylinders and
the decontamination of the empty hardware; (4) Deactivation Furnace (DF)
for burning propel!ant, explosives, and empty rocket and mine bodies; (5)
Jeactivation Furnace Scrubbers System (DFSS) for pollution control of the
effluent from the DF; (6) Metals Parts Furnace (MPF) for the thermal
decontamination of empty metal parts that previously contained agents or
which might have been contaminated by agent-, (7) Air Pollution Control
System (APCS) for scrubbing the gaseous effluent of the MPF; (8) Agent
Incinerator-Scrubber System (AISS) which incinerates agent and reduces
pollutant to acceptable low levels; (9) Dunnage Incinerator (DI) with
scrubber used for non toxic combustibles; (10) Sludge Removal and Treatment
System (SRTS) used to remove explosive materials from spent decontaminating
solutions and evaporate the water; (11) Control Module (CM) which monitors
and controls the above system.; and (12) Personnel Support Complex (PSC)
providing change rooms, locker rooms, toilet and shower facilities, lunch
room and laundry.

     The Agent Incinerator/Scrubber  System (Table 2) is of particular
importance to the disposal procedure.  All agents are drained from the
munitions and fed at a constant, controlled rate to the agent incinerator.
The agent feed is continuously supplemented by a fuel oil flame.  All
incinerator controls are fail-safe and the agent feed is equipped with a
fast acting cut-off valve in the event of loss of flame.

     The combustion gases leaving the incinerator are water quenched
before being processed through cross-flow packed scrubbers in series to
remove pollutants.  The scrubbing media employed in the cross-flow scrub-
bers are calcium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide for GB and nitric acid,
sodium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide for VX incineration products.
                                       239

-------
                            TABLE 2
AGENT INCINERATOR/SCRUBBER SYSTEMS PARAMETERS AS  CONFIGURED  FOR GB
    Incinerator
    Agent Feed Rate
    Combustion Air Rate
    Fuel Oil Rate
    Combustion Temperature
    Residence Time
3-6 Ib/min
1650 ACFM at 60F
0.36 Ib/min
1750F
>0.5 sec
    Scrubber
    Configuration
    Capacity
    Cross-sectional  Area
    Stack  height

    Length
    Temperature
    Liquid Flow Rate
Cross flow, 2 beds in series
3530 ACFM at 166F
1-1/2 ft wide by 6 feet high
50 ft
Bed 1              Bed 2
 6 ft               9 ft
 140F               80F
 35 gpm            140 gpm
                          240

-------
The decontaminating solutions used in the PDF and BIF are 10 percent
sodium carbonate solutions.  Sodium carbonate is also the scrubbing
media in the other furnace systems.  All solutions are dried except
the water-flyash mixture from the Dunnage Incinerator and the salts
are stored.  The TDS represents a very adequate disposal method
which might serve as a model for pesticide and other disposal systems.

     Option No. 3- Chemical Reaction.  Under the auspices of Project
Eagle the Army has developed a chemical detoxification procedure for
the demilitarization of weapon systems containing GB.       The reactions
are those described earlier for the dilute wastes.  Five percent excess
sodium hydroxide in an 18 percent solution is reacted with GB to form
sodium salts of low toxicity which are then recovered by evaporation and
stored in plastic lined drums.  VX may be detoxified with clorine
in acidic aqueous media to give 0-ethyl phosphoric acid, and
diisopropylthurine hydrochloride and hydrochloric acid.  This mixture
is subsequently neutralized with caustic and spray dried to give the
sodium salts.  These salts may also be stored or used as raw material
for other processes.  This method is considered adequate for VX.

     Option No. 4- Ocean Disposal.  In the fall of 1968, the Department
of the Army determined that the disposal of certain chemical munitions
was necessary to remove excess and unserviceable material from our
national deterrent stockpile.  The proposed disposal plan (Operation
CHASE) was reviewed by the National Academy of Sciences which recommended
that the particular disposal should proceed as planned with certain
modifications and which further recommended that ocean disposal not be
used for later chemical munitions disposals.   The munitions in question
were sealed in concrete in blocks which were subsequently covered with
steel  plates which were welded.   Because of their appearance, size, and
shape they were called and referred to as "coffins".  The coffins were
shipped to a port facility, loaded on a hulk and towed out to sea.  The
hulk was sunk in approximately 16,000 ft of water and the area has been
monitored since the disposal without any evidence of damage to the ocean
ecology near the disposal  site.   In view of the National Academy of Science
recommendation it is concluded that ocean disposal is not adequate.

                                     241

-------
              6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The extreme toxic hazard associated with nerve agents in itself is
sufficient to recommend their disposal at National Disposal Sites operated
by the U.S. Army.  In concern with Public Law 91-121 it is recommended
that the National Site for nerve gases be the locations under military
jurisdiction where these are stored.  The recommended techniques are
summarized below.

Process               Order of Preference           Remarks
Incineration             First Choice        The TDS is specifically
(Transportable                               designed for this application
Disposal System)                             and is adequately safe-
                                             guarded.

Chemical Reaction        Second Choice        $alts may be stored
                                              until commercial
                                              use is defined.

     The disposal techniques discussed herein for GB and VX are presumably
applicable to almost all of the organophosphorus compounds whether chemi-
cal munitions or pesticides.  Special attention should be given to possible
TDS modifications for application to waste pesticide and pesticide
containers.
                             242

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. M. Name  287	
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name
Common Names GB. Methylisopropoxyfluoro-phosphine oxide
                                                            t_i-i-
                                                                      CHl
Molecular Wt.      140.1	    Melting Pt.     -56C	    Boiling  Pt.   147C

Density (Condensed) i .0887 g/cc @  25	Density (gas)  4-86	@
                                                           Air =  1
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

 1.48 mm Hg   @    20C             12 mm Hg    9 . 50	C       8 mm Ho     @

Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp.	
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper


Solubility
    Cold Water  totally miscible        Hot Water   total	   Ethanol    total

    Others:    alkanones, halogen alkanes

Acid, Base Properties	
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with_
Shipped in_
ICC Classification	  Coast  Guard Classification_

Comments	Ho  odor, color:  straw	
                                                 243

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   288	                                     ..    .   . _
                                                        	Structural Formula
IUC Name
              vx
Common Names
Molecular Wt.   285	    Melting  Pt.    -39C	    Boiling Pt.   300C
Density (Con.densed)    1.1      @  25   G    Density (gas)	   @	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20  C)
12-14mg/M3  La  25  C
Flash Point 	         Autoignition Temp._
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water	  Hot  Water	   Ethanol_
    Others:
Acid, Base Properties
Highly Reactive with_
Compatible with  Metals if stabilized by amines.
Shipped in
ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification_
 Comments     r.nlnr:  clear to straw, no odor	
                                     244

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES


0778. Franke, S.   Manual  of military chemistry,   v.  1.   Washington,  Office,
        Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence, Headquarters,  Department
        of the Army, Apr.  5, 1968.   375 p.

0956.  Baronian,  C., H. Johnson, D.  Shearer, T.  J. Sharp, and P.  A.  Lawrence,
        Office conference on ultimate disposal  of chemical reaction  products
        resulting from demilitarization of GB nerve agent at Rockey  Mountain
        Arsenal,  Colorado.   Rockville, Maryland, Environmental  Protection
        Agency, Nov. 26,  1971.   8 p.

0958. Transportable  disposal system, environmental statement. Edgewood
        Arsenal,  Department of the  Army.   Special Publication EASP 200-11,
        July 1971.   297 p.

1700. Personal communication.  S. Morekas,  Solid Waste  Management Office,
        to R. S.  Ottinger,- TRW Systems, May 1,  1972.  Army reply  to  TRW
        Systems questions  to the IDS.
                               245

-------
                              PROFILE REPORT
                              Lewisite (243)
                                1.   GENERAL

     Lewisite was manufactured and  stored during World War II as a chemical
warfare agent.  The lewisite as manufactured was unstable, and most of the
unused stock (about 150 tons) was destroyed by ocean dumping.

     Lewisite is a lethal  chemical  warfare agent that acts as a vesicant,
as a contact systemic poison, and as an inhalation and eye poison.  Lewisite
is no longer considered an important chemical warfare agent by the American
military authorities, since there are now more effective chemical warfare
agents with substantitally better physical and chemical properties.  It is
relatively easy and cheap to manufacture which may make its manufacture
attractive to underdeveloped countries.

     Lewisite is manufactured by adding acetylene to a mixture of arsenic
(III) chloride and a catalyst of either aluminum chloride, mercuric chloride
or cuprous chloride with strong agitation.  The reaction temperature is
maintained below 50 C.  After completion of the reaction, the oily liquid
product is treated with hydrochloric acid or ethanolamine hydrochloride
and distilled.  The lewisite product contains both the cis- and trans-
forms of 2-chloroethenyl dichloroarsine.

     The physical/chemical properties for the cis- and trans- forms of
lewisite are summarized on the attached worksheets.
                            2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Lewisite as noted above is a skin-damaging warfare agent that acts
not only as a contact poison, but also as an inhalation and eye poison.
The skin-damaging effect takes place immediately. Erythemata form on the
                                247

-------
surface of the skin with doses of about  0.05 to 0.1  rag per square
centimeter of skin surface.  Concentrations of 0.2 mg per square  centimeter
positively lead to blister formation.  Blisters on the surface of the skin
are caused by gaseous lewisite after about 15 minutes dermal  exposure to
concentrations of 10 mg/1.  Inhalalation of concentrations of 0.05 mg/1
for 30 minutes or 0.5 mg/1 for 5 minutes is considered lethal.  An
inhalation exposure of 0.05 mg/1 for 15 minutes produces severe intoxication
which causes a combat incapacity for several weeks.  A lower concentration
of 0.01 mg/1 causes inflamation of the eyes and swelling of the lid after
15 minutes.       British Anti-Lewisite (BAL, or dimercapto-1-propanol)  is
a specific antidote for lewisite contact and systematic poisoning.

                          3.  OTHER HAZARDS
     Lewisite has the power to penetrate protective materials such as
leather, rubber, wood, textiles, and cause damage to the enclosed skin
area.0778
                4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     When stored for long periods, lewisite tends to decompose.  The
decomposition is accelerated by traces of acid.  In the presence of iron,
lewisite is catalytically converted into the secondary and tertiary
arsines.  However, stainless steel can usually be used with lewisite.
Aluminum and aluminum alloys are corroded by lewisite.  Storage of lewisite
in bombs and shells is possible because stabilizers and corrosion inhibitors
are used.  Lewisite during storage must be protected from moisture
because it is relatively easy to hydrolyze.  The products of hydrolysis
are hydrochloric acid and 2-chloroethenyl arsenic oxide, a poison and
skin irritant.0778

     Lewisite is shipped under  Department  of Transportation  (DOT)  regulations
                                                 n
for a  Poison, Class A.   It  is accepted for shipment by freight but not
express.0778
                                      248

-------
     Lewisite and lewisite contaminated  wastes  should be handled  only  by
an experienced decontamination team,  equipped with impermeable  protective
clothing, and suitable gas masks.  The protective clothing should constitute
a total body shield.  A supply of BAL should be kept in readiness for  use.
Optimum procedure, if time permits, is to use Department of Defense (Army,
Navy or Air Force) decontamination teams, in preference to non-governmental,
civilian personnel.

     No lewisite should be released to the environment and the release of
arsenite compounds formed upon the treatment of lewisite should be limited.
The recommended maximum concentration of arsenic compounds as arsenic
discharged to streams is 1.0 ppm and the maximum recommended in drinking
water is 0.05 mg/1.      The recommended provisional limits for arsenic
                                          3
compounds for air and water are 0.005 mg/M  and 0.05 mg/1 as As, respectively.

     The safe disposal of lewisite is defined in terms of the recommended
provisional  limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine
habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:
Contaminant in Air        Provisional  Limit          Basis of Recommendation
                                                       Estimate based on
                                                       similar compounds
                              fi    ^
Lewisite               3 x 10  mg/M                Estimate based  on
Contaminant in
Water and Soil           Provisional Limit           Basis of Recommendation
                                   -5
    Lewisite               1.5 x 10   ppm              Estimate based on
                                                       similar compounds
                  5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT 'PRACTICES

                          Option  No.  1  -  Ch1orination

      In  dilute  aqueous  solution  chlorine converts  lewisite  into arsenic
 trloxide and  dichloroethene.   Dichloroethene requires  further treatment
 as  a  chlorinated  organic  compound.0778  Arsenic trioxide is slightly soluble
                                 249

-------
and hence should not be placed in a landfill as such.  If arsenic trioxide
is reacted with a suspension of magnesium hydroxide, insoluble magnesium
                   2345
arsenite is formed.      The magnesium arsenite thus precipitated and the
excess magnesium hydroxide can be stored under controlled conditions, or
the slurry can be evaporated and stored in a permanent disposal  area.
Aqueous chlorine or sodium hypochlorite treatment, followed by reaction with
magnesium hydroxide is satisfactory for decontamination or disposal  of
lewisite even though an arsenite is produced that must be in indefinite long
term storage.
                        Option  No. 2  - Hydrolysis

      Both  cis-  and  trans-  isomers of  lewisite are completely decomposed
 in  sodium  hydroxide solutions at temperatures above 40 C.  The reaction
 proceeds as  follows:
                                                            0778
      n  ru-  ru  n,n    NaOH . Na^AsO.  + 3NaCl +  CH=CHt + H90-
      l> I — Ln—  Ln-MSolo  Tj—n	    JO                     c.
                    c.  \\M

 The sodium arsenite produced is soluble  and  requires treatment with
 magnesium  hydroxide, as noted above,  to  form insoluble magnesium arsenite
 before  disposal  in  a controlled storage  facility  (lined lagoon, tank,
 abandoned  quarries  or mines, etc.).

             Option  No. 3 - Incineration  (Transportable Disposal System)

      The Transportable Disposal System which is described in the Profile
 Report  on  Organophosphorus Nerve Agents  (287,288) can be applied to munitions
 or  tanks containing lewisite in concentrated form.  The combustion products
 are carbon dioxide, water, HC1  and  arsenic trioxide.   The arsenic  trioxide
 removed by alkaline scrubbing should  be  converted to the insoluble magnesium
 salt and placed in  controlled storage.
                                    250

-------
                  6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL  DISPOSAL  SITES

     The extreme hazards to man associated with  lewisite  require  that
surplus, scrap or obsolete lewisite and munitions  containing  lewisite
be disposed of at National Disposal Sites operated by the U.S.  Army.
Options No. 1, 2 and  3 are recommended for disposal  of lewisite in
concentrated form, while only Option  No. 3 is recommended for  disposal
of munitions containing lewisite.
                                251

-------
                            7.  REFERENCES
0536. Water quality criteria.  Report of the National  Technical  Advisory
        Committee to the Secretary of the Interior.   Washington, Federal
        Water Pollution Control Administration, Apr.  1,  1968.  234 p.

0778. Franke, S.  Manual of military chemistry.  Chemistry of  Chemical
        Warfare Agents, v. 1.  Washingtion.  Office,  Assistance  Chief
        of Staff for Intelligence, Department of the  Army, 1968. 375  p.

2345. Latimer, W. M., and J. H. Hildebrand.  Reference book of inorganic
        chemistry.  New York, the Macmillan Company,  1942. 552 p.
                                   252

-------
HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
WORKSHEET
H. H. Name Lewisite (243)
Structura

(trans and els forms)
Common Names Lewisite; Dichloro - (2-Chlorovinyl) C1CH=CH-As5!
Arsine . CI
1 Formula

-2.4 C (trans)*1* 196.6 C (trans)5
Molecular Wt. 207.32 Melting Pt. -44.7 C (cis) Boiling Pt.169.8 C fds)
Density (Condensed) 1.86 g/cc & 25 C Density (gas) 7.15 0
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
0.4 torr . @ 25 C (trans) ^ 1.562 t25C(c1s)^
Flash Point Autoignition Temp.
FlammabiHty Limits in Air (wt %) Lower Upper
20 C
e

Explosive Limits in Air (wt. X) Lower Upper
Solubility

Cold Water 0.5 g/1 Hot Water Ethanol
Others: soluble - gasoline, most organic solvents
Acid, Base Properties


Highly Reactive with Water, base, aqueous chlorine

Compatible with

Shipped -in stainless steel
ICC Classification Poison, Class A Coast Guard Classification Poison. Class A
Comments





References (1) Q778
253

-------
                               PROFILE REPORT
                         Nitrogen Mustards  (306)

                               1.   GENERAL

     The nitrogen mustards  are chemical warfare agents stored by Germany
during World War II but never applied to a combat situation,   2,2',2"
trichloro triethyl amine (HN-3) can be prepared using a chlorinating agent
such as thionyl chloride together with 2,2',2M trihydroxy triethyl amine
hydrochloride and reacting  the product with a strong base.  2,2' dichloro
diethyl methyl amine (HN-2), and 2,2' dichlorotriethyl amine (HN-1) can be
prepared by analagous techniques.   The nitrogen mustards and their derivatives
have aquired considerable peacetime importance due to their use for cancer
therapy.

                               2.   TOXICITY0778

     The nitrogen mustards  are contact, inhalation, and eye poisons.  The
salts,particularly the hydrochlorides,can be used for poisoning water,
foodstuffs and condiments and thus provide intoxication via the gastrointestinal
tract.  The liquid (as an aerosol) causes skin damage in concentrations above
           2
0.001 mg/cm  of skin surface.  The inhalation of nitrogen mustards causes
severe respiratory difficulties.   Concentrations of aerosol of 0.002 mg/1
for 15 to 20 minutes leads  to incapacity while concentrations of 0.25 to
1.0 mg/1 have a lethal effect after brief exposure, 5 min.  Slight eye damage
occurs with concentrations  as low as low as 0.0007 mg/1 for a 15 min
exposure.  The lethal dose  for man is between 10 and 20 mg per kilogram
of body weight.
                                    «J>

-------
                           3.   OTHER HAZARDS

     The low vapor pressure of these compounds  limits  the  possible  flammability
and explosive hazards.   Combustion of the nitrogen mustards  results in  the
formation of the pollutants hydrogen chloride and nitrogen oxides.

                 4.  DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Due to their toxicity the nitrogen mustards require very careful
handling, protective clothing, and masks.  Materials contacted by these
compounds must be decontaminated actively since nitrogen mustards are  slow
to hydrolyze due to low solubility.  A 5 percent hydrochloric or sulfuric
acid solution is sufficient to form the salts which can then be washed
away with large volumes of water.  The water solution should be collected
and dried to recover the highly toxic salts.  Dry calcium hypochlorite
 reacts  readily  with the nitrogen mustards  and  their salts to  form  nonpoisonous
products.  This reaction, when concentrated  nitrogen mustards are involved,
is so violent as to cause  ignition and fire  hazard.

     The safe disposal of nitrogen mustards  is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in
marine habitats.  These recommended provisional limits are as follows:
Contaminant in Air         Provisional Limit          Basis  for Recommendation
^__^_________                                   —___^^________
Nitrogen Mustard            3 X 10   Mg/M             Data for similar com-
(HN-1, HN-2, HN-3)                                    pounds

Contaminant in Water
     and Soil	       Provisional Limit          Basis  for Recommendation
Nitrogen Mustard                     c
(HN-1, HN-2 & HN-3)         1.5 X 10"° Mg/L           Data for similar com-
                                                      pounds
                                      256

-------
                        Storage and Transportation

     The nitrogen mustards can be stored for considerable periods  in glass
or steel containers if an inhibitor such as thiourea is present.   The
salts of the nitrogen mustards can be stored indefinitely.

     Ho direct information on the transportation of nitrogen mustards was
uncovered; however, sealed vans might be used for greater than laboratory
quantities.


                               Disposal/Reuse
     The recovery of nitrogen mustards in large quantities for military
or non-military purposes  is not practical due to the limited stability
of the material.

               5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT  PRACTICES

                               Dilute Wastes

     Option  No.  1  -  Separation.   The nitrogen mustards  have  only  slight
 solubility at pH values  equal to or higher than  7.   Thus,  liquid  phase
 separation equipment such as  the centrifuge could  be used  for  the recovery
 of the  mustards  from alkaline water media.   If the  nitrogen  mustards  have
 dissolved,  because  of  an  acid environment,  the addition  of base to  neutrality
 or slight  alkalinity will  cause  phase separation.   The  separated  concentrated
 nitrogen mustard  can be  treated  as  described below.  The effluent clarified
 water should for  safety  be treated  with  acidifed hypochlorite  solution.

                              Concentrated  Wastes

     Option  No.  1  -  Incineration.   (Transportable  Disposal System).   The
 transportable Disposal System which is described in the  Profile Report on
 the  Organophosphorus Nerve Agents can be applied to munitions  or  tanks
 containing  the nitrogen mustards  in concentrated form.   The  combustion
 products of  the nitrogen  mustards are carbon dioxide, water, HC1  and
                              257

-------
nitrogen oxides.  The nitrogen oxides require scrubbing or reduction to
nitrogen and oxygen before the combustion gases are released to the
atmosphere.

     Option No. 2 - Chemical Reaction.  The nitrogen mustards, when acidulated9
react with calcium hypochlon'te in solution to yield compounds with a much
lower toxicity including aldehydes, chloramines, and chlorates.  The
reactions are violent with dry or highly concentrated hypochlon'te.  Care
must be taken to ensure that sufficient agitation and time is allowed for
the reaction due to the phase separation problem.

                6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The hazard to man associated with vesicants such as the nitrogen mustards
requires their disposal by the Army at National Disposal Sites under Army
cognizance when present in munitions or when there are large quantities
of the materials.  The recommended techniques are summarized below:
Process                Order of Preference                Remarks
Incineration           First Choice                The TDS is designed for
(Transportable                                     materials of this type
Disposal System)                                   and is adequately safe-
                                                   guarded.
Chemical Reaction      Second Choice               The reaction with
                                                   hypochlorite appears
                                                   adequate for smaller
                                                   quantities.
                                        158

-------
                           7.   REFERENCES

0778. Franke, S., Manual  of military chemistry.   Chemistry of Chemical
        Warfare Agents,  v.  1.   Washingtion,  Office,  Assistant Chief of
        Staff for Intelligence, Headquarters,  Department of the Army,
        1968. 375 p.

2442. Departments of the Army and Air Force, Military chemistry and chemical
        agents. AFM 355-7.  Washington, Dept.  of the Army and Air Force,
        Dec. 1963. 101 p.
                                  25'

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name   Nitrogen Mustard  (306)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name 2.2" dichloro dlethyl amino 2 cnloro  ethane
Common Names  HN-3, Nitrogen Mustard
                                                             XCH2CH2C1
                                                            N-CHCHC1
Molecular Wt.     204.522	    Melting Pt.    -4  C	    Boiling  Pt. 230-235 C

Density  (Condensed)J_Jf	@ 20     C   Density (gas)    ?        9	
                                                           Air =i.uu
Vapor Pressure  (recommended 55 C and 20 Q)

.0069 mm Hg   @      20 C          .009 mm Hg 9	0   C      	@     	
 Flash Point    Q	         Autolgnltlon Temp.
 FlammabiHty Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower	    Upper_
 Explosive Limits in A1r (wt. %)      Lower	    Upper_

 Solubility
    Cold Water  0.16 g/1	Hot Water	Ethanol
    Others:     halogenated alkanes, propane, benzene,  carbon disulfide, sulfur mustard,
                chloropicrin
Add, Base Properties	slightly basic	
Highly  Reactive w1th_
Compatible with  iron and steel
Shipped  in_
 ICC Classification	  Coast Guard Classification,

 Cpmments  Colorless and odorless, oily.liquid,  decomposer on heating,	
Thiourea used to stabilize (prevent demerization)7
 References  (1)  0778
            (2)  2442
                                        260

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS  WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. H. Name Nitrogen Mustard (306)
IUC Name 2' chl°r° ethyl methyl  amino 2 chloro ethane
Common Names    Nitrogen Mustard,  HN-2
                                                               Structural  Formula
CH3
CH,CH9C1
- N
"»CH2CH2C1
Molecular Wt.      156.07	
Density (Condensed)      1.15   @
                                    Melting Pt.     -65 C
                                   _20C	Density (gas).
5.4
Boiling Pt75 (15 mm Hg)
   9   20 C    (air)
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C  and 20  C)
   9 mm Hg    @       71  C             0.29
                                                  20 C
Flash Point
               	        Autolgnltlon Temp.,
FlammabllHy Limits in A1r (wt  %)    Lower	
Explosive Limits 1n A1r (wt.  X)      Lower	
                                                            Upper_
                                                            Upper_
Solubility
    Cold Water,
    Others:
Add, Base Properties,
                                      Hot Water
        Ethanol
Highly Reactive with
Compatible with
Shipped in_
ICC Classification
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References (1) 0778
           (2)  2442
                                               261

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES  PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Nitrogen  Mustard  (306)
IDC Name 2,2" dichloro diethyl amino 2 chloro ethane

Common Names  Nitrogen Mustard HN-1	
                                                               Structural  Formula
Ctl
9 c
, CH2CH2C1
"N x CH2CH2C1
Molecular Wt.
                  170.B
 Melting Pt.    -34.4  C
4__C	Density (gas).
Density (Condensed) 1.0861       9	
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 0
12 mm Hg      @   85.5 C           0.25 mm  Hg  9  25  C
Boiling pt.85  C  (10  mm Hg)
   9
Flash Point
               	         Auto1gn1t1pn Temp._
Flammability Limits In Air (wt %)     Lower	
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)

Solubility
    Cold Water	
    Others:
                                     Lower
                         Upper_
                         Upper_
Add, Base Properties,
                                      Hot Water
                                  Ethanol
Highly Reactive w1th_
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification,
Comments	
                                                Coast Guard Classification
References  (1)  0778
            (2)  2442
                                          262

-------
                             PROFILE REPORT

                          Sulfur Mustard (543)

                               1.   GENERAL

     Sulfur mustard, bis(2-chloroethylene)  sulfide,  is  a  heavy, oily  liquid.
It has very little odor in the pure state,  but the  technical material
smells strongly of mustard or horseradish.   There are three  types of
technical mustard:  H, HD and HT.   H is  the symbol  for  mustard made by the
Levinstein process and contains up to 25 percent impurities  by weight.
The impurities are chiefly sulfur, organo-sulfur-chlorides,  and polysulfides,
HD is mustard that has been purified by  washing and  vacuum distillation.
HT mustard is a mixture of 60 percent HD and 40 percent bis-beta chloroethyl
thioethyl ether, (ClC^SCgH^O, formulated to lower the  freezing point
to 32 F.

     Technical mustard is manufactured by the Levinstein  process which
consists of bubbling dry ethylene  into sulfur monochloride at approximately
35 C.  Some mustard from a previous batch is usually left in the reactor.
The simplified reaction is

                       S2C12 + 2CH2: CH2 -»• (C1CH2CH2)2S + S

After the mustard is made it is allowed  to settle fora while
to permit some of the impurities to settle out.  The resultant material
is a light brownish material.

     The physical/chemical properties for bis(2-chloroethyl) sulfide  are
summarized on the attached worksheet.
                               263

-------
                              2.  TOXICOLOGY

     Sulfur mustard is a persistent and powerful  blister agent.   Both
liquid and vapor cause intense inflammation which may blister the skin  or
mucous membrane with which they come in contact.   Mustard acts first as
a cell irritant and finally as a cell poison on all  tissue surfaces
 contacted.   The  first symptoms  of mustard  poisoning  usually appear in four
 to  six  hours.  The higher the concentration, the  shorter  the  interval  of
 time between exposure and the first  symptoms.  The physiological action
 is  both local  and  general.   Exposure results in  conjunctivitis, erythema
 followed by blistering and ulceration,  and inflammation of the nose, throat,
                                                                   usta
                                                                   2442
                                 D77R
trachea, bronchi and lung tissue.    '       The effects  of sulfur mustard
 vapors  as  functions  of time  and  concentration are summarized below:

      Median lethal dosage
                            1 ,500 mg-min/m
                                                            o
          Inhalation       1 ,500 mg-min/m
          Skin absorption (masked personnel) 10,000 mg-min/m
     Median incapacitating dosage
                                       3
          Eye injury       200 mg-min/m
                                                           3
          Skin absorption (masked personnel) 2,000 mg-min/m

Elevated temperatures and high humidity increase the casual ity effect of HD.
Slight eye injury can result from dosages as low as 50 to 75 mg-min/m3.
Susceptibility varies with individuals.  Injuries produced by mustard heal
more slowly than thermal burns, and are more liable to infection.   The
rate of detoxification is very low.  Even very small repeated exposures
are cumulative in their effects, or are more than cumulative due to
              2442
sensitization.

     Sulfur mustard is readily absorbed by rubber and leather.  When
working with mustard special protective clothing and ointments are
required.
                                    264

-------
     Sulfur mustard and mustard contaminated wastes should be handled only
by an experienced decontamination team, equipped with impermeable protective
clothing and air supplied gas masks.  The protective clothing should
constitute a total body shield.

      The American Conference of Governmental Industrial  Hygienists  (AC6IH)
 has not established a Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  for sulfur mustard but a
                                          _2
 maximum allowable concentration of 5 x 10   ppb has been recommended for
 an 8-hr working day.0225'0778

      The saturation concentration for sulfur mustard is  0.6 mg per  liter.
 This indicates that it will have a good persistency, in  fact it is  the
 most persistent of the usable chemical warfare agents.    '      Heavily
 splashed liquid persists 1 to 2 days under average weather conditions,
 and a week or more under very cold conditions.

      Decontaminants employed to counteract the effects of mustard
 include bleach, M5 ointment, fire, or DS2 (70 percent diethylenetriamine,
 28 percent ethyleneglycolmonomethyl ether, and 2 percent NaOH).

                             3.  OTHER HAZARDS

      Impure sulfur mustard usually contains water and hydrochloric acid
 which  has a corrosive effect on iron.and steel.  The iron salts formed
 promote continued corrosion.  In addition, decomposition products from
 the mustard form hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, and acetylene.  A pressure
 rise is possible in closed containers, shells, bombs, and transportation
 containers.  Corrosion inhibitors and antioxidation agents are usually
 added  to sulfur mustard.

      Sulfur mustard is shipped under Department of Transportation  (DOT)
 regulations for a Poison, Class A.   It is accepted for shipment by
 freight but not express.
                                  265

-------
               4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     The safe disposal  of sulfur mustard is defined in terms of the
recommended provisional limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and
in marine habitats.  These recommended provisional  limits are as follows:

Contaminant                                                     Basis for
  In Air                    Provisional Limit                 Recommendation
Sulfur mustard               3 x 10"6 mg/M3*                    0.01 TLV*

  Contaminant                                                   Basis for
In Water and Soil            Provisional Limit                 Recommendation
Sulfur mustard               1.5 x 10   mg/1*             Stokinger and Woodward
                                                                 method*

Virtually all of the sulfur mustard wastes are contained in obsolete
chemical munitions scheduled for disposal.

              5.   EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

                       Option No. 1 - Chlorination

     Sulfur mustard added to 10 percent calcium hypochlorite solution is
decomposed according to the following equation:
 S(CH2CH2C1)2 + 7  Ca(OCl)2 + 2 Ca(OH)2 -»• CaS04 + 8 CaCl2 + 4C02 + 6H20

Thus 7.0 Ib of Ca(OCl)2, which contains 0.7 Ib of CaO equivalent to
0.93 Ib of Ca(OH)2, are theoretically required to detoxify one Ib
of sulfur mustard.  Some mustard sulfone may be formed in accordance
with the following reaction:
     *Estimated from data for similar compounds.
                                   266

-------
             2CaCl(OCl)  +  (C1CH2CH2)2 S -> 2CaCl2 +

Mustard sulfone produces severe burns  if  left on the  skin.   In practice,
therefore, 1.2 times the required amount  of Ca{OCl)2  is  used.  The
decontamination is conducted in a closed  system where all air leaving  the
system is scrubbed through Ca(OCl)2 solution and filtered.   The  salts
formed upon detoxification are placed  in  a  landfill after evaporation  of
the water.      This treatment process  is used to  treat  sulfur mustard
that is excess, contaminated or loaded  in surplus  munitions.

          Option No. 2 - Incineration  (Transportable  Disposal Site)

     The Transportable Disposal System which is described in the Profile
Report on Organophosphorus Nerve Agents (287,288)  can be applied to
munitions or tanks containing sulfur mustard in concentrated form.   The
sulfur mustard may be dissolved in gasoline and the gasoline solution
incinerated.  The combustion products  will  be carbon  dioxide, water,
sulfur oxides, and hydrogen chloride which  are removed by alkaline
scrubbing.
               6.  APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL SITES

     The extreme hazards to man associated with sulfur mustard require
 that surplus,  scrap, or obsolete sulfur mustard and munitions containing
 sulfur mustard be disposed of at National Disposal Sites operated by the
 U.S. Army.  Option No. 2 is recommended for disposal of sulfur mustard in
 concentrated form or for disposal of sulfur mustard in munitions.
                                 267

-------
                             7.   REFERENCES
0225. American Conference of Governmental  Industrial Hygienists.  Threshold
        Limits for 1971.   Occupational  Hazards, Aug. 1771.  p. 35-40.

0766. Sax, N. I.  Dangerous properties of industrial materials.  2d. ed.
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corporations,  1957.  1S467 p.

0778. Franke, S.  Manual  of military chemistry.  Chemistry of Chemical
        Warfare Agents,   v. 1.   Washington.   Office, Assistant Chief of
        Staff for Intelligence, Department of the Army, 1968.  375 p.

0952. U.S. Army.   Demilitarization of toxic  munitions  at U.S. Army
        Material  Command installations, Environmental  Statement
        PB 203-509.  Edgewater Arsenal, Maryland, Department of the
        Army Headquarters, Edgewater Arsenal, 1971.

2442. Department  of the Army Technical  Manual TM3-215/Department of the
        Air Force Manual  AFM 3557.  Military Chemistry and  Chemical
        Agents.  Departments of the Army and the Air Force, Washington.
        December  1963 101 p.  (Changes Cl  and C2, 16 March  1965 and
        15 June 1967).
                                    268

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET


H. H. Name   Sulfur Mustard (543)
                                                               Structural Formula
IUC Name     2.2' dichlorodiethylsulfide

Common Names H, HP
                                                               (C1CH2CH2)2S
Molecular Wt.     159.08(3)           Melting Pt.  13.5 C(1)          Boiling  Pt.227.8 C(3)

Density (Condensed)1.2741g/cc   @  200^)    Density (gas)S.4(air)    @  20  C<3)

Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)

   0.05  torr   @    10 C^          0.1 torr   9  20 C^           0.2 torr    @   30 C^
Flash Point    105 C\3)             Autoignition Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)     Lower	    Upper_

Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower	    Upper_


Solubility
                             "" \ *       11 _ A. i i_ j	                      r-.»-i	i  aKenlii^o**
    Cold Water 0-89/1 at 20 Cv ;       Hot Water	  Ethanol
                                                                              mlsdble
    Others:	

Acid, Base Properties	           	
Highly Reactive with oxidizing agents^)
Compatible with Most metals  jf acid impurities are absent^ ^
Shipped in Steel or aluminum containers
ICC Classification Poison. Class f(( '	  Coast Guard Classification Poison.  Class

Comments   Decomposition temperature 149 to 177 C* '	
References (1) 0778

         ,  (2) 0776

           (3) 2442
                                        269

-------
                               PROFILE  REPORT

                       Tear Gas.  Irritant  (CS)  (423)

                                1.   GENERAL

     Irritant tear gas (CS) or 2-chlorobenzylidene malononitrile ts employed
as a riot control agent.   As an aerosol it is  a powerful  irritant to the eyes
and upper respiratory organs.   CS is a white crystalline  substance that is
prepared by reacting 2-chlorobenzaldehyde with malonic acid nitrile.

     The physical/chemical properties of CS are summarized in the attached
worksheet.

                            2.   TOXICOLOGY

     Individuals exposed to CS develop a severe conjunctivitis which is
accompanied by a burning sensation, great pain,and a flow of tears.  With
the exception of the conjunctivitis, the effects last only 5 to 15 minutes.
The intensity of conjunctivitis decreases after 25 to 30 minutes.  Other
symptoms of CS intoxication are copious nasal  discharge and flow of saliva,
as well as irritation of the nose.   Headache,  nausea and  lethargy are non-
specific and do not occur in all cases.  With  longer exposure or high
concentrations, erythemata and blisters develop.

      The Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  for  tear gas is  0.4 mg/M3.0225  The
 maximum exposure time that various concentrations can be tolerated are
 listed below0778:
             Exposure Time               Maximum Concentration
                                                       o
             1 minute                            5 mg/M:,
             12 seconds                         10 mg/M:;
             6-9 seconds                        34 mg/M:;
             Incapacity to minimum             1-5 mg/M
              function
                                 271

-------
                            3.    OTHER HAZARDS

     When CS is exposed to moisture, hydrolysis takes place.   The products
of hydrolysis are 2-chlorobenzaldehyde and malonic acid nitrile, a highly
toxic material.

                   4.   DEFINITION OF ADEQUATE WASTE MANAGEMENT

     Personnel handling, manufacturing, using or disposing of CS must have
available gas masks  of a design  approved by U.S. Bureau of Mines for CS
service with approved cannisters for  CS.  All equipment must be adequately
designed to prevent  release  of CS to  the atmosphere.   CS is shipped under
Department  of Transportation (DOT) regulation for a Poison, Class C.
The safe disposal of CS is defined in terms of the recommended provisional
limits in the atmosphere, in potable water, and in marine habitats.  These
recommended provisional limits are as follows:
                                                          Basis for
Contaminant in Air          Provisional Limit           Recommendation
        CS                     0.004 mg/M3                0.01 TLV
Contaminant in Water                                      Basis for
      and Soil              Provisional Limit           Recommendation
        CS                     0.020 mg/1               Estimated by analogy
                                                        to chlorpicrin and
                                                        chloracetophenone

        Information furnished to TRW by the California Department of Justice,
and a major riot control device manufacturer, indicates that there are no
local government waste disposal requirements for overage and obsolete riot
control devices/agents.  Governmental law enforcement agencies (local),use
all of the overage or obsolete devices for training exercises.  There are
some stocks of riot control agents at Federal (Defense) storage points
scheduled for disposal.  The quantities and locations of these agents and
their waste forms are given in Volume XIV of this Final Report, under the
heading "Chemical and Riot Control Agents".
                                       272

-------
                 5.  EVALUATION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

        The processes for treatment of CS waste are briefly described in the
following paragraphs.  The processes described are for handling concentrated
CS, but these methods with slight modification can be used to decontaminate
an area contaminated with CS.

                Option No. 1 - Hydrolysis Foil owed, by Incineration

        CS is relatively resistant to hydrolysis by pure water.  However, in
a 95 percent ethanol and 5 percent water solution at 30 C, 99 percent of the
CS present is hydrolyzed.  CS waste may be treated by dissolving the material
in 95 percent enthanol, allowing the mixture to stand overnight, and then
destroying the hydrolysis products and residual CS by incineration followed
by a caustic scrubber.  The products of hydrolsis are 2-chlorobenzaldehyde
and malonic acid nitrile.  This technique is acceptable for treatment of
small quantities of CS.

                       Option No. 3 - Hypochlorite Treatment

      Oxidizing agents attack the ethylenic linkage in the side chain to form
 various products.  If hypochlorite is used in an aqueous solution with CS,
 an epoxide is formed at the double bond.      The treatment of CS with a
 hypochlorite solution will detoxify the CS, but a new material is formed
 which requires disposal.  Except for decontamination operations, this process
 is not recommended.

                  Option No. 3 - Chemical Agent Munition Disposal
                                 System

        The former Transportable Disposal System (now known as the Chemical
Agent Munition Disposal  System) described in the Profile Report on the Nerve
Gases (27,28) is well suited to the disposal of munitions containing riot-
control  agents.  When the Army Materiel Command has completed development of
this automated, scrubber equipped incineration system, the technique will be

-------
the preferred method of disposal  for CS containing  military  ordnance  items.

                6.   APPLICABILITY TO NATIONAL DISPOSAL  SITES

       Military ordnance materiel classified as  surplus which  contains,
CS should be disposed of by the Army at National  Disposal  Sites  under
Army Cognizance, by the technique of Option No.  3 above.
                                    274

-------
                              7.    REFERENCES
0225. American Conference of Government Industrial  Hygienist.   Threshold
        Limit Values for 1971.   Occupational  Hazards,  Aug.  1971.   p.  35-40.

0766. Sax, N. I.   Dangerous properties of industrial materials.   3d  ed.,
        New York, Reinhold Publishing Corp.  1968.   1,251  p.

0778. Franke, Siegfried.  Manual of military chemistry,  chemistry of chemical
        warfare agents, V 1.  Deutscher Militarverlag, 1967,  East Berlin.
        Translated by Assistant Chief of Staff for  Intelligence,  Department
        of the Army, AD849866,  Washington.   1968.   542 p.
                                   275

-------
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERTIES
                                          WORKSHEET
H. M. Name  Tear gas, Irrltant(CS)  (423)
IUC Name  2-chlorobengylidene malononitrlle
Common Names   Tear 9as
                                                              Structural Formula
                                                            'VCH = C
                                                                      /CN
                                                                      \
                                                                        CN
Molecular Wt.    153
                     (1)
Density (Condensed)
                               _   Melting Pt.      95 C
                               9	Density (gas)
                                                         (1)
        Boiling  Pt. 310 to 315 C
                                (1
Vapor Pressure (recommended 55 C and 20 C)
              @
Flash Point
                                  Autoign1t1on Temp.
Flammability Limits in Air (wt %)    Lower_
Explosive Limits in Air (wt.  %)      Lower_

                        (1)
Solubility
    Cold Water  soluble
                                       Hot Water   soluble
    Others:   soluble - gasoline,  acetone
Acid, Base Properties	
 Upper_
 Upper_

(1)
          Ethanol   soluble
(1)
Highly Reactive with    Oxidizing agents  0)
Compatible with
Shipped in
ICC Classification   Poison. Class  C
Comments	
                                     (1)
                                                Coast Guard Classification Poison,  Class  C
                                                                                           (1)
 References  (1)   0778
                                        276

-------
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA
 SHEET
                     1. Report No.
                      EPA-670/2-73-053-q
                                                                   3. Recipient's Accession No.
4. Title and subtitleRecommended Methods  of Reduction,  Neutralization,
 Recovery,  or Disposal of Hazardous Waste.  Volume VII, National
 Disposal Site Candidate Waste  Stream Constituent Profile Reports
 Propel!ants. Explosives, and Chemical Warfare Materiel
                                                                     5- Report Date
                                                                     Issuing date  - Aug.  1973
7. Author(s) R.  s.  Ottinger, J.
 G. I. Gruber,  M.  J. Santv,
                              L.  Blumenthal,
                              and C.  C. Shin
                                           D. F. Dal  Porto,
8. Performing Organization Kept.
                                                                    No.
                                                                       21485-6013-RU-OO
9. Performing Organization Name and Address


 TRW Systems  Group, One Space  Park
 Redondo Beach,  California  90278
                                                                     10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.
                                                                     11. Contract/Grant No.


                                                                        68-03-0089
12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address
 National Environmental Research  Center
 Office of  Research and Development
 U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
                                                                     13. Type of Report & Period
                                                                        Covered

                                                                        Final
                                                                     14.
15. Supplementary Notes

 Volume VII  of 16 volumes.
16. Abstracts

 This volume  contains summary  information and  evaluation of waste management methods  in
 the form of  Profile Reports for selected propellents, explosives,  and chemical warfare
 materiel.  These Profile Reports were prepared  for either a particular hazardous  waste
 stream constituent or a group of related constituents.  Each Profile Report contains a
 discussion of the general characteristics of  the waste stream  constituents, their
 toxicology and other associated hazards, the  definition of adequate management for the
 waste material, an evaluation of current waste  management practices with regard to
 their adequacy, and recommendation as to the  most appropriate  processing methods
 available and whether the waste material should be considered  as a candidate  for
 National Disposal, Industrial  Disposal, or Municipal  Disposal.
17. Key Words and Document Analysis.  17a. Descriptors'


Propel 1 ants
Explosives
Chemical Warfare Materiel
National Disposal  Site Candidate
Hazardous Wastes
17b. Identifiers/Open-Ended Terms
17c. COSATI Field/Group   ggp. ggy .
                                        , gyrr.
18. Availability Statement
Release  to  public.
                                         - 277  -
                                                         19.. Security Class (This
                                                            Report)
                                                              U'NCl ASSIFIFD
                                                         20. Security Class (This
                                                            Page
                                                         	UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                             21. No. of Pages

                                                                                 283
                                                                               22. Price

-------